HomeMy WebLinkAboutArmstrong-McHugh Corporation; 1979-04-05; 1049CITY OF CARLSBAD
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .& SPECT.FICATIONS
I FOR
RENOVATION OF HARDING STREET COMMUNITY CENTER
t
LOCATED AT THE INTERSECTION OF
HARDING STREET-AND OAK AVENUE
Contract No.- 1049
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page **V
Notice Inviting Bids • 1
Proposal 3
Bidder's Bond 6
Designation of Subcontractors 7
Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility 9
Contract 9
Labor and Material Bond 11
4
Performance Bond . 13
Low Income Resident Training/Employment 15
Federal Labor Standards 16
'Minimum Wages 29
Equal Employment Opportunity . 33
General Conditions 41
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
Section 02110 - Alterations to Existing Structure • 45
02111 - Exterior Concrete Flatwork 50
02220 - Earthwork 51
02245 - Base Course (Sand with Vapor Barrier) 53
for Concrete
02600 - Off-site Work 54
02612 - Paving Striping, Legend • 55
02640 - Asphalt Paving 56
02850 - Landscape Irrigation 53
02851 - Landscape Planting 67
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
^Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork • 75
03200 - Concrete Reinforcement 77
03300 - Concrete 79
03301 - Flatwork Finishing 82
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04100 - Mortar and Grout for Masonry 84
04200 - Masonry Reinforcement 86
04220 - Concrete Unit and Brick Masonry 88
DIVISION 5 - METALS —not used—
'...')... • •
DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY
Section 06100 - Structural Carpentry 90
06200 - Finish Carpentry 95
06400 - Millwork, Cabinetwork 97
DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07310 - Asphalt Shingles 99
07600 - Sheet Metal, Ferrous 101
07900 - Sealants 103
DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS, GLASS
Section 08201 - Wood Doors 106
08510 - Metal Windows 108
08710 - Finish Hardware - i12
08810 .- Glazing I20
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 0910-1 - Metal and Wire Fabric." Lath 122
09102 - Gypsum Lath 125
09167 - Gypsum Plaster I27
09180 - Portland Cement Plaster 130
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER
Section 09250 - Gypsum Drywall 133
09310 - Ceramic Tile 136. . . • .
09550 - Wood Flooring 138
09661 - Resilient Tile Flooring, Base 140
09680 - Carpet 143
09910 - Painting 146
09951 - Vinyl Fabric Wall Covering 152
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
«
10162 - Metal Toilet Compartments 154
10800 - Toilet Room Accessories 156
10900 - Kitchen Appliances 158
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
Section 11970 - Stage Lighting and Control System 160
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12550 - Stage Curtains and Draperies 168
DIVISIONS 13 &• 14
Not used
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15400 - Plumbing . 172
15700 - Heating 183
15800 - Ventilating . 185
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL '
Section 16100 - Electrical Work 187
16200 - Sound System 192
16300 - Intrusion & Fire Alarm Systems ' 194
Page 1
CITY OF.CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
•' ' 'NOTICE INVITING BIDS _ •• ; • i1
SEALLU BIDS wo.ll be received at the Office of the City Clerk, City
Hall, 1200 Elm Avenue, Carlsbad, California, until 4:00 p.m. on
the 22nd day of January , 197J9_, 'at which time they will be open-
ed and read, for performing the work as follows:
RENOVATION OF THE HARDING STREET COMMUNITY CENTER
CONTRACT NO. 1049 -
Said work shall be performed in strict conformity with the specifi-
cations therefor as approved by the City Council of the City of
Carlsbad on file in the Engineering Department. Reference is here-
by made to said specifications for full particulars and description
of said work. - .
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form fur-
nished by the Engineering Department. .Each bid must be accompanied
by cash, certified check or bidder's bond made payable to the City
of Carlsbad for an amount equal to at least ten percent of the amount
. bid. Such guaranty to be forfeited should the bidder to whom the
contract is, awarded fail to furnish the required bonds and to enter
into a contract with the City within the period of time provided by
the bid requirements. / .
f! ' •
The documents included within the sealed bids which require comple-
tion and execution are the following: • •
. •- 1. Proposal - Page 3.
2. Designation of Subcontractors - Page 7. .
3. Bidder's .Bond - Page 6.
4. Contractor's Financial Status - Page 8.
Said documents shall be affixed with the appropriate notaried signa-
tures and titles of the persons signing on behalf of the bidder.
For corporations, the signatures of the President or Vice-President
and Secretary or Assistant Secretary are required and the corporate
seal shall be affixed to all documents requiring signatures. In the .
case of a partnership, the signature of at least one general partner
is required.
All bids are to be compared on the-basis of the Engineer's estimate.
"Thefestimated quantities are approximate only, being given solely as
a basis for the comparison of bids.
No bid will be accepted from a contractor who has not been licensed
in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the
Business and Professions Code. The contractor shall state his license
C number and classification in the proposal. The estimated cost of the
Work is $360,000.00.
C-flGINAL
Page 2
work- to be performed under this contract is being partially
financed through a program providing Federal financial assistance
-from the Department of Housing and Urban' Development and will be
^subject to Federal Labor Standards outlined in HUD Handbook 6500.3,
•A copy of which is on file in the Office of the Public Works Ad-
: jjninistrator .
^ JSach craft or type of workman needed to perform work under this con-
tract shall be paid not less than, the minimum wage established by
. sthe U. S. Department of Labor, the latest copy of which is included ,
ji.n "the bid documents , or not less than the prevailing wage as deter-
^anined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the State
«f California Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, Sections
1770, 1773 and 1773,1 on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the
-of Carlsbad.
f^Prior to using any -apprentices or trainees for this contract, the
.^contractor will be required .to furnish written evidence of approval
rhis apprenticeship program by the U. S. Department of Labor. Al
the prime contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance
provisions of Section 1777-5 of the .Labor Code of the State of
•- ''California for all occupations with apprenticeships as required on
^public works projects above thirty thousand -dollars ($30,000) -or
_ stwenty working days.
affirmative action to ensure equal opportunity will be required of
rlthe contractor as indicated on the "Notice of Requirement for Af-
^fixmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity", a copy of
-tsjwhich is attached hereto, marked jExhibit "A" , and incorporated here
in -by .reference. .:....
Contractor shall comply -with -the requirements of the 1970 Clean
Act (42 U.S.S.. 1857 of -Federal Water -Pollution Contract ^ct) as
-samended. .
;~*Che contractor is required, to -.the -greatest extent feasible, to pro-
opportunities for trailing and employment of .lower income resi—
of the project area.
City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids .and
-=*aive any minor irregularity or informality in .such bids.
^amount of the bond to be given for the faithful performance of
contract for the said work shall be one hundred percent of the
---contract price therefor, and an additional bond in the amount equal
•^to fifty percent of the contract price for said work shall be given
*o secure the payment of the claims for any material or supplies f ur
•anished for the performance of the work contracted to be done by the
•^contractor for any work or labor of any kind done thereon.
by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California,
"on November 7, 1978.
OATED; December 1, 1978 $/<r£^ P\. 7r(l j J~&Z A a^^
•ALETHA L. RAUTENKRANZ, City Clerk
EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE
ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246)
1. The Offerer's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Oppor-
tunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Con-
struction Contract Specifications" set forth herein.
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation,
expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in
each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows:
Timetables Goals for minority
participation for each trade
Al1 Trades Goals %
Until further
no'tice
24.0 to 30.0
Goals for female participation
in each trade
Goals
- . (percent)
From Apr. 1, 1978 until Mar. 31, 1979 .... S..T
From Apr. 1, 1979 until Mar. 31, 1980 17,1
From Apr. 1, 1980 until Mar. 31, 1981 C.9
) These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work
(whether or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered
area. • ' • •.:;•'•-;;'•. • • . . •.- • ' . ••
The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations
in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Oppor-
tunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the speci-
fications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals
established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this
solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employ-
ment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the
contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort
- Page 23
**
to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. Th* transfer
of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or
from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals
. . . ••*»»-'
shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations
in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the golas will be measured against the
total work hours performed. . •
- • •
3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director
of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days
of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at say tier for
construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The
notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the sub-
contractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of the
subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and
the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed.
•5*.
^ • '" • .-*• • 3
4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from tins solicita-
tion, the "covered area" is State of California, County of San Disgo. "
Page 3
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CONTRACT NO. 10*»9
RENOVATION OF HARDING STREET COMMUNITY CENTER
City Council
City of Carlsbad
1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, CA 92008
i
Subject: Proposal for Contract No. 10^9
The undersigned declares that he/she has carefully examined the location of the .
work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the plans and specifications, and
hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, trasnportaticn and
services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 10^9 in accordance
with the plans and specifications of the City, of Carlsbad, and the special pro-
visions, and that he/she will take in full payment therefor the following unit
prices for each item complete, to_wit:
Item Approximate Article with Unit Price or
No. Quantity & Unit Lump Sum Written in Words Total
1 Lump Sum Renovation of Harding Street Community _ ^
Center ^ " ~
Total contract price in words ~LjLuu. A
The following 5 terns may be deleted from the contract with no compensation to the
contractor for the deletion:
Lump Sum Shade structure column suppojJts and
footings as shown on Sheet A-7 com-
plete at Five thousand two
Deduct from
above
hundred dollars dollars $ 5.200.
Lump Sum Renovation of Building "D" (Game
Room & Caretaker) compl-ete at
Nine thousand eight hundred
and twenty dollars dollars $ 9i820.
Lump Sum Renovation of existing masonry wall
. as shown on Sheets D-l and L-5 com-
plete at Nine hundred and
eighty five dollars . dollars $ 985.
Page 3A
Item Approximate Article with Unit Price or
No. Quantity & Unit Lump Sum Written in Words
Lump Sum Construction of shuf fleboard court com-
plete at -One thousand one hundred
•dollars $ 1,100.
Lump Sum Installation of two (2) lights in park-
ing lot complete at one thousand
eight hundred and fifty dollars $ 1,850.
Lump Sum Removal ano reconstruction of two (2)
concrete driveway approaches complete
at two thousand five hundred
and si'xty . dollars $ 2,560.
Lump Sum Furnish and install security system com-
plete at p") pvpn thrmppnrl rnnp
hundred .and eight dollars $11,908.
Lump Sum Substitution of a solid wood.fence
1" x 10" fence grade cedar with redwood
V x V posts, redwood 2" x V top and
bottom rails and concrete footings) in
lieu of block wall around the parking
lot CREDIT (four thousand- two . CREDIT
hundred and twenty six dollars $(4,226.)
Date Signature
Herbert C. Armstrong •" , ;-
Armstrong - McHugh Corporation
The security system has been deleted from this contract with no compensa-
tion to be provided to the contractor per City Council-Resolution No.
5684 passed February 20, 1979.
Ronald A. Beckman, P.E.
Pirblic Works Administrator
Page 4
All bids are to be computed on the basir: of the given estimated
| quantities of work, as indicated in thir. propos:.'.!., times the unit
> price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a 'Uscrer^-ucy betveen
words and figures, the words shall prevc'.il. In case of an error In
the extension of 'a unit price, the corrected extension shall be
calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and • •
compared on the basis of the corrected totals.
The estimated quantities of work indicated in this proposal are
approximate only, being given solely as a basis for comparison of
bids. •
The. undersigned has checked carefully all of the above figures and
understands that the City will not be responsible for any errors or
omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this bid.
The undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the
required contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within
twenty (20) days from th'e date of award of contract by the City Council
of the City of Carlsbad, the proceeds of check or bond accompanying
this bid shall become the property of the City of Carlsbad,
Licensed in accordance with the Statutes of the State of California
providing for the registration of contractors, License No, tl^^VS'S*'
Identification juj^?"2 / .
^
The undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: (a) That no
Councilman, officer, agent or employee of the City of Carlo'-.^U i~
.personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this contract, or
the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral
.• or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents or employees,
has induced him to enter into this Contract, excepting, only those
contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof
by its .terms, and (b) That this bid is made without connection with
any person, firm or corporation making a bid for the same work, and
is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is
(cash, certified check, cashier' s check""
or bond)
in an amount not less than 10 per. cent of the total bid price.
The undersigned is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the
'Labor Code; which require every employer to be insured against
liability for workmen's compensation or to undertake self-insurance
in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply
•with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work
of this contract. '
. ORIGINAL
Page 5
Phone Number
Date
Bidder' s Karae
-tJ-f-^/f , ,/l/l/L(i-JV-f ^^AAuthorized Sictfiature
Authorised Signature
M C- 4- <v
Bidder's Address Type of Organization
(Individual, Corporation, Co-
partnership)
List below names of President, Secretary, Treasurer and Manager if a
corporation, and names of all co-partners if a co-partnership:
• /
ROBERT T. TVWER CO., W\
S3X-1S2Z
400 CEDAR ST., SAN DIEGO, CA 92101
CERTIFIED COPY
GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
C ' ' " No 81627 •
Know all Men by these Presents:
That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the*
State of Maryland, and having its' principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint
Angle V. Mauricio
of the City of San DieS° , State of California
its true and lawful attorney in and for the State of Call f ornia
for the following purposes, to wit:
To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and
all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES
FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoever the said
Angie V. Mauricio
may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents.
In Witness Whereof, the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be
sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice-President and Assistant Secretary, this llth day of
December , A. D. 19 70
UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY.
(Signed) By pbarles. V.... Boone
Vice-President.
(SEAL)
(Signed) J,..E,..Pa.Uam.....
Assistant Secretary.
STATE OF MARYLAND,
BALTIMORE CITY
.ND, •>
/
On this Hth day of December , A. D. 1970 , before me personally came
Charles W. Boone , Vice-President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY and J . E. Da 11 am • Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of
whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said that they resided in the City of Baltimore, Maryland;
that they, the said Charles W. Boone and J"* E' Dallara were respectively
the Vice-President and the Assistant Secretary ol the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the cor-
poration described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the
seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corpora-
tion, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice-President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company.
My commission expires the first day in July, A. D. 19.7.T
(SEAL) (S i gne d) H er b er t J. Au 11
Notary Public.
STATE OF MARYLAND )> Set.
BALTIMORE CITY, /
1, Robert H . Bouse • Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, which Court is a
Court of Record, and has a seal, do hereby certify that Herbert J . Aull • Esctuire. before
whom the annexed affidavits were made, and who has thereto subscribed his name, was at the time of so doing a Notary Public of the
>tate of Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and sworn and authorized by law to administer oaths and take
^•""acknowledgments, or proof of deeds to be recorded therein. I further certify that I am acquainted with the handwriting of the said
Notary, and verily believe the signature to be his genuine signature.
In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and affix the seal of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, the same being a Court
of Record, this llth day of December , A. D. 19 70
(SEAL) (Signed) R?bertH.v Bouse
Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City.
FS 3
COPY OF RESOLUTION
That Whereat, it is necessary for the effectual transaction of business that this Company appoint agents and attorneys with power,
and authority to act for it and in its name in States xxher than Maryland, and in the Territories of the United States and in the Provinces .
of the Dominion of Canada and in the Colony of Newfoundland.
There/ore, b« it Reiolved, that this Company do, and it hereby does, authorize and empower its President or either of its Vice-
Presidents in conjunction with its Secretary or one of its Assistant -Secretaries, under its corporate seal, to appoint any person or persons
as attorney or attorneys-in-fact, or agent or agents of said Company, in its name and as its act. to execute and deliver any and all con*
tracts guaranteeing the fidelity of persons holding positions of public or private trust, guaranteeing the performances of contracts other
than insurance policies and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings, required or permitted in all actions or proceedings, or
by law allowed, and
Alto, in its name and as its attorney or attorneys-in-fact, or agent or agents to execute and guarantee the conditions of any and all
bonds, recognizances, obligations, stipulations, undertakings or anything in the nature of either of the same, which are or may by law,
municipal or otherwise, or by any Statute of the United States or of any 'State or Territory of the United States or of the Provinces of the
Dominion of Canada or of the Colony of Newfoundland, or by the rules, regulations, orders, customs, practice or discretion of any board,
body, organization, office or officer, local, municipal or otherwise, be allowed, required or permitted to be. executed, made, taken, given,
tendered, accepted, filed or recorded for the security or protection of, by or for any person or persons, corporation, body, office, interest,
municipality or other association or organization whatsoever, in any and all capacities whatsoever, conditioned for the doing or not doi:>g
of anything or any conditions which may be provided for in any such bond, recognizance, obligation, stipulation, or undertaking, or
anything in the nature of either of the same. . .
/, George R. Downer ( an As8isUnt Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND
GUARANTY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the original power of attorney given'
by said Company to
Angle V. Mauricio
to sign bonds as therein setof San Diego, California , authorizing and empowering her
forth, which power of attorney has never been revoked and is still in full force and effect.
And I do further certify that said Power of Attorney was given in pursuance of a resolution adopted at a regular meeting of the
Board of Directors of said Company, duly called and held at the office of the Company in the City of Baltimore, on the llth day of
.July, 1910, at which meeting a quorum of the Board of Directors was present, and that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of said
' resolution, and the whole thereof as recorded in the minutes'of said meeting.
In Testimonr Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY oa Februacv.5. 1979
Assistant Secretary.
ORIGINAL
Pago 6
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
I
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That we,. ARMSTRONG-PIC HUGH" CORP..' • '" •
and U. S. FIDELITY & GUARANTY COflPANY
as Principal,
&s Surety, are held and firmly
bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in the sum ofTEN PERCENT (10',
OF AMOUNT OF ACCOMPANYING BID Dollars ($1 °F Bid ) , lawful money of
the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly to be
made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH:
That if the proposal of the above-bounden principal for:
Renovation of Harding Street Community Center
Contract *io49 ORIGINAL
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council of said City,
and if the above-bounden Principal shall duly enter into and execute
a contract including required bonds and insurance policies within (20)
twenty days from the date of award of contract by the City Council
of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this
obligation shall become null and voi^; otherwise it shall be and.
remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified iw3.v;in )
shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event that any Principal above named executed this bond
as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal
shall not exonerate the surety from its obligations under this bond.
IN'WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this 5th
day of February , 19 79.
Corporate Seal (if corporation)'ARMSTRONG-MC HUGH CORP
Principal
U. S. FIDELITY & GUARANTY COMPANY
>Surety
e \1 . ("I au r i c i o
rney in Fact
,
)
(Notarial acknowledgement of execution by all PRINCIPALS and SURETY
must be attached.)
<z-J O
_
r—
I
C-9/8 78
Corporation Acknowledgment
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF San ss.
April 4,On
for said County and State, personally appeared
7Q, 19 ' 7, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and
Known to me to be the
Known to me to be the Treasurer &
Herbert C. Armstrong-President, and.
.Secretary of the corporation that executed the within instru-
ment, and Known to me to be the persons who executed the within instrument on behalf of the corporation
therein named, and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the within instrument pursuant
to its By-Laws or a Resolution of its Board of Directors.
WITNESS my hand and qfficial/JeaTTN
' J>*<?C£^g '
Notary Public in and for said County and State
Notary Seal
OFFICIAL SEAL
SILVIA JONES
NOTARY PUBLIC • CALIFORNIA
PrlncipH Offict in San Diego County
My Commission Exp. Nov. 26.1982
O
U
LUU-
•3-s:
£lZ^OtT^
(J
C-2/8-1
Individual AcKnowledgment
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF -
r»n
)
}SS.
/?79
County and State, personally appeared
before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
5 -r/e. o *;&.
known to me to be the person whose name.
acKnowledged that .executed the same.
WITNESS my hand and officia> seaT:
. subscribed to the within instrument and
Notary Seal
OFFICIAL SEAl
SILVIA JONES
NOTARY FUeilC • CALIFORNIA
Principal Offloi in San Diego County
My CommisiioB Exp. Nov. 26.1982
Notary Public in and for said County and State
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY oF..S.an...D.i.e.ga
•ss:
On F.ebruar.y....5.,....1.97.9 , before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public of said county
. M a u r i c i o.and state, personally appeared....
known to me to be the Attorney-in-Fact of the corporation that executed the within instrument, known to
me to be the person who executed the within instrument on behalf of the corporation therein named, and
acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
SaESE5H52S2525ES25
OFFICIAL SEAL
BETTIE L. GARCIA j
NOTARY PUEIIC - CALIFORNIA j
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN
SAN DiEGO COUNTY
My Commission Expires February 8, 1981
'3SSSSSSS
BRfl2)15
Los Angeles 206958
Page 7
DESIGITATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR
The undersigned certifies thai he has used the subbids of the
following listed contractors in making up his bid and that the
subcontractors listed will be used for the work for which they
bid, subject to the approval of the City Engineer, and in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the specifications.
No change may be made in these subcontractors except upon the
prior approval of the City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
ITEM OF WORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
SUBCONTRACTO ADDRESS
I// -5
5. /Mtut
6.
C, ,
Bidder's Name
Authorized Signature
—f
""*'
Type of Organization .
(Individual, Co-Partnership or [
Corporation)
Address
BIDDER'S STATEML7-:T Of FINANCIAL R"SPOiJ?IHILITY
' TECHNICAL ABILITY AUD EXPERIENCE
....
(The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to
that included in the proposed contract he has successfully performed
and give reference which will enable the City Council to judge his
responsibility, experience, skill and business standing.)
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of his financial respon
sibility.
The undersigned submits below a statement of the work of similar
character to that included in the proposed contract which he has
successfully performed.
j
C-•
Vf/ ^/
Signed
Page 9
CONTR. ACT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered intp this 5"*^ day of
f 19 "?*? , by and between the City of Carlsbad,
California, hereinafter designated as the City, party of the first
part, and Aft<v>s-ne.QA^ ~nc.HvGrH cozfoeATto*) _ , hereinafter designatedi
as the Contractor, party of the second part.
WITNESSETH: that the parties hereto do mutually agree as follows:
1. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements
hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the City, the. Con-
tractor agrees with the City to furnish all materials and labor for:
. '64*1
and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner all the
.work pertaining thereto shown on the plans and specifications therefor;
to furnish at his own proper cost and expense all tools, equipment,
labor and materials necessary therefor, (except such materials, if any,
as in' the said specifications are stipulated to be furnished by the.
City) , and to do everything required by this agreement and the said
plans and specifications. l
2. For furnishing all said materials and labor, tools and equip-
' merit, and doing ''all the x-;ork contemplated and. embraced in this agreement,
also for all loss ar.-d damage arising out of the nature of the work
aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or frorr^ any unforeseen
difficulties which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of
the work until its acceptance by the City, and for all risks of
every • description connected with the work; also, for all expenses
incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of
work, except such as in said specifications are expressly stipulated
to be borne by the City; and , for well and faithfully completing the
work and the whole thereof, in the manner shown and described in the
said plans and spec-if ications, the City will pay and the Contractor
shall receive in full compensation therefor the lump sum price, or
if the bid is on the unit price basis, the total price for the several
items furnished pursuant to the specifications, named in the bidding
sheet of the proposal, as the case may be.
- *
3. The City hereby promises and agrees with the said Contractor
to employ, and does hereby employ the said Contractor to provide the
materials and to do the work according to the terms and conditions
herein contained and referred to for the price aforesaid arid hereby
conditions set forth in the specifications; and the said parties for
themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
assigns, do hei'eby agree to the full performance of the covenants
herein contained.
4. The Notice to Didders, Instructions to Bidders, Contractor's
Proposal, and the plans and specifications, and all amendments thereof
Page 10
when approved by the parties hereto, or when required by the City in
accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications, are
hereby incorporated in and made part of this agreement. ~
5. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California, the
City Council has ascertained the general prevailing rates of per diem
wages for each craft or type of workman needed to execute the contract
and a schedule containing such information is included in the Notice
Inviting Bids and is incorporated by reference herein.
6. The Contractor shall assume the defense of and indemnify
and save harmless the City, the City Engineer, and their crfficers
and employees, from all claims, loss, .damage, injury and liability
of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising
from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsi-
bility for negligence; and from any and all claims, loss, damage,
injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting
directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the
contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract
to be executed the day and year first above written.
Contractor (seal)
by-
Approve
City Attorney
Title
CITY OF__CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
by.
Mayor
ATTEST:
City Clerk
(Notarial acknowledgement of execution by all PRINCIPALS must be
.)
APPROVED AS TO
VlAlCENT F/BiOi
Shiel S. Heo^chke, Assistant
I Z
u
Individual Acknowledgment
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
•CdUNTY OF
On /7-7/f/ec/^
County and State, personally appeared
before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
known to me to be the person whose name.
acknowledged that executed the same.
WITNESS my hand and oJficiaJ-SeaT:
. subscribed to the within instrument and
Notary Public in and for said County and State
Notary Seal
OmCIAL MAI
SILVIA JONES
NOTARY PUBUC • CALIFORNIA
PrtndUl Qffic* In San Oi«jo County
My Commission Cup. Nov.». 1912
wv
p5i
-r- U
•o-o
1
C-9/8 78
Corporation Acknowledgment
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF SS.
On , 19 , before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and
for said County and State, personally appeared ,
Known to me to be the Pr0ciH0nt ann Herbert C. Armstrong
Known to me to be the Treasurer/ & Secretary of the corporation that executed the within instru-
ment, and Known to me to be the persons who executed the within instrument on behalf of the corporation
therein named, and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the within instrument pursuant
to its By-Laws or a Resolution of its Board of Directors.
WITNESS my hand and official seal
Notary Public in and for said County and State
Notary Seal
OFFICIAL SEAL
SILVIA JONES
NOTARY PUBLIC • CALIFORNIA
Principal Office in San Diego County
My Commission Exp. Nov. 26,1982
BEST
ORIGINAL
BOND #0120-3179-79 . £a.ge 11,
' LABOR AND MATERIAL 30ND
* '
i
.KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,. THAT --' ••
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of .
California, by Res. No. 5684 adopted February 20, 1979
has awarded to Armstrong -McHugh Corporation \
hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a contract for:
RENOVATION OF HARDING STREET COMMUNITY STREET
CONTRACT NO. 1049 '
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and
specifications and other contract documents on file in the Office of
the City Clerk.
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said
contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with
said- contract, providing that if said Principal or any of his or its
subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, pro-
vender or other supplies or teams used in, upon, for or about the
performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor
done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same
to the extent hereinafter set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, WE Armstrong-McHugh. Corporation .
as Principal, hereinafter designated as
Contractor and UNITED STATES FIDELITY & GUARANTY COMPANY
• as Surety, are held firmly bound unto
One Hundred Eighty Six Thousand Five,
the City of Carlsbad, in the sum of Hundred Ninety and no/100 Dollars
($186,590.00 ) / "said sum being 50 per cent of the estimated amount
payable~~by the City of Carlsbad under the terms of the contract, for
which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs,
executors and administrators, successors, or assigns,, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the person or
his subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender
or other supplies, or teams used in, upon, for or about the performance
of the work contracted to bo done, or for any other work or labor thereon
of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code
with respect to such wo'rk or labor, that tlie Surety or Sureties will
pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in the
bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon tire bond, a reasonable
attorney's fee, to bo fixed by the .court, as required by the provisions
of Section 4204 of the Government Code of the State of California.
Pago -12
*
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies
and corpo'rat.ionr- entitled to file claims under Section 1192.1 of the
de of Civil Procc'durc: so as to give a ricjht of action to them or
their r-csigns in any suit brought upon this bond, as required by the )
provisions of Section 4205 of the Government Code of the State o±
California. • ' .
And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the
terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or .
the specifications accompanying the same shall.in any wise affect
its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of
any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the
.terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that any principal- above named executed this bond as an
individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this -instrument has been duly executed by the
Principal and Surety above named, on the flfpH day of MAPTH
' ' 19.23_-
ARMSTROM(»~MoHUGH CORPORATIOM _(ije3.J.)
Contractor
NETEB-NSTATES FIDV.TJVY s,
o \1 <Y GLuJijLA^D ' (Seal)BY; r:
ANGIE V.(/MA.URICIQ, ATTQRMEY-IN-FACT(Seal)
Surety
ORIGINAL
ORIGINAL
State of California
County of San Diego
OFFICIAL SEAl
BETTIE L. GARCIA
NOTARY PUB1IC-CALIFORNIA
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
Expires February
On March 8, 1979 , before me, the undersigned,
• a. Notary Public of said county and state, personally appeared
V. Maurleio
known to me to be the Attorney-in-Fact of
Uuited stataa Fidelity & Guaranty Company,the Corporation that executed the within instrument, and known
to me to be the person who executed the said instrument on
behalf of the Corporation therein named, and acknowledged to
me that such Corporation executed the same.
1 Y060 R4 (9/72)
CERTIFIED COPY
GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
No 81627
Know all Men by these Presents:
That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint
Angle V. Mauricio
of the City of San Diego\J i LJ.1O \_4 L y V I —' ,iJW3
its true and lawful attorney in and for the State of Callf omia
.State of California
for the following purposes, to wit:
To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and
all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES
FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratines and confirms all and whatsoever the said
Angle V. Mauricio
may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents.
In Witness Whereof, the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be
sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice-President and Assistant Secretary, this llth day of
December , A. D. 19 70
UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY.
(SEAL)
STATE OF MARYLAND,
BALTIMORE CITY,
(Signed)
(Signed)
By Charles W. Boone
Vice-President.
.Jf..E,..Da.U.ain.
Assistant Secretary.
On this llth day of December , A. D. 15(70 , before me personally came
Charles W. Boone , Vice-President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY and J. S. Da 11 am • Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of
whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said that they resided in the City of Baltimore, Maryland;
that they, the said Charles W. Bbone and ^' Z' Dallara were respectively
the Vice-president and ths Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the cor-
poration described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the
seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corpora-
tion, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice-President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company.
My commission expires the first day in July, A. D. 19.7.4
(Signed) Herbert J. Aull
Notary Public.
(SEAL)
Set.STATE OF MARYLAND }
BALTIMORE CITY, J
I, Robert H. Bouse • Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, which Court is a
Court of Record, and has a seal do hereby certify that Herbert J . Aull ' Es^6' before
whom the annexed affidavits were made, and who has thereto subscribed his name, was at the time of so doing a Notary Public of the
State of Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and sworn and authorized by law to administer oaths and take
acknowledgments, or proof of deeds to be recorded therein. I further certify that I am acquainted with the handwriting of the said
Notary, and verily believe the signature to be his genuine signature.
In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and affix the seai of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, the same being a Court
of Record, this llth day of December ' A- D- 19 70
Robert H. Souse(SEAL)(Signed)
Clerk fil the f'.i Co
COPY OF RESOLUTION
That Whereas, it is necessary for the effectual transaction of business that this Company appoint agents and attorneys with power
and authority to act for it and in its name in States other than Maryland, and in the Territories of ths United States and in the Provinces
of the Dominion of Canada and in the Colony of Newfoundland.
There/ore, be it Resolved, that this Company do, and it hereby does, authorize and empower its President or either of its Vice-
Presidents in conjunction with its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries, under its corporate seal, to appoint any person or persons
as attorney or attorneys-in-fact, or agent or agents of said Company, in its name and as its act, to execute and deliver any and ail con-
tracts guaranteeing the fidelity of persons holding positions of public or private trust, guaranteeing the performances of contracts other
than insurance policies and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings, required or permitted in all actions or proceedings, or
by law allowed, and
Also, in its name and as its attorney or attorneys-in-fact, or agent or agents to execute and guarantee the conditions of any and all
bonds, recognizances, obligations, stipulations, undertakings or anything in the nature of either of the same, which are or may by law,
municipal or otherwise, or by any Statute of the United States or of any State or Territory of the United States or of the Provinces of the
Dominion of Canada or of the Colony of Newfoundland, or by the rules, regulations, orders, customs, practice or discretion of anv board,
body, organization, office or officer, local, municipal or otherwise, be allowed, required or permitted ta be executed, made, taken, given,
tendered, accepted, filed or recorded for the security or protection of, by or for any person or persons, corporation, body, office, interest,
municipality or other association or organization whatsoever, in any and all capacities whatsoever, conditioned for the doir.g or not doing
of anything or any conditions which may be provided for in any such bond, recognizance, obligation, stipulation, or undertaking, or
anything in the nature of either of the same.
I, George R. Downer _ an Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND
GUARANTY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the original power of attorney given
by said Company to
Angle V. Mauricio
of San DiegO, California , authorizing and empowering her to sign bonds as therein set
forth, which power of attorney has never been revoked and is still in full force and effect.
And I do further certify that said Power of Attorney was given in pursuance of a resolution adopted at a regular meeting of the
Board of Directors of said Company, duly called and held at the office of the Company in the City of Baltimore, on the llth day of
f July, 1910, at which meeting a quoram of the Board of Directors was present, and that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of said
" resolution, and the whole thereof as recorded in the minutes of said meeting.
In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY on ..iarC-1 3, 1979
(Date)
Assistant Secretary.
• BOND #0120-3179-79 ' Page -13
PERFORMANCE BOND« '
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that '• ,'.. •'.*.
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of
California, by Res. No. 5684 adopted February 20, 1979 r
has awarded to Armstrong-McHugh Corporation
. hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a contract for:
RENOVATION OF HARDING STREET COMMUNITY CENTER
CONTRACT NO. 1049
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and
specifications and other contract documents now on file in the Office
of the City Clerk of the City of'Carlsbad.
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said
contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for
the Faithful Performance of said contract; . , •
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, Armstrong-McHugh Corporation
/ as Principal, hereinafter designated as
the "Contractor", and UNITED STATES FIDELITY & GUARANTY'COMPANY
.. - . / ' . .
• . as Surety,1 are held and firmly bound
unto the City of Carlsbad, in the sum of .Three Hundred Sev-enty Three Thousand
' One Hundred Eighty"One ancT no/100•
Dollars ($373,181.00,. ) , said sum being equal to 100 per cent of
the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to the said City .or
'its certain attorney, its successors and assigns;"for which payment,
well and truly to be made., we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors
and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
*
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above-bounden
Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or
•assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly
keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the said
• contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on his
. or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner
therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent
and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad,
its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation
shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain.in full force
and virtue. ; .
*
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that
no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifi-
. • • Pago 14
cations-accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations
on this bond, and it does hereby, waive notice of any change, e::tensior
of time, alterations or addition to the .terms of the ccncract or to th_
work or to the .specifications-.
In the event that any Principal above named executed this bond as an
individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has beenjiuly executed by the •'
Principal and Surety above named, on the i day of
ARMSTRONG-MCHUGH CORPORATION (c ,,_. (Seal)
' (Seal)
- </* /U*, (Seal)
Contractor
UNITED STATES
FIDELITY & GUARANTY - COMPANY .,„ - .(Seal)
BYA / i . ^r 1r y \ I \/v> • fQo=>M\_LA/^AL^-^ \J^ Yi]/^jUStLStuJD loedj.;.
ANGIE 'Vi iMAURICIO, ATTORWEY-IH-PACTU • (Seal:
Surety
BEST
ORIGINAL
ORIGINAL
State of California
County of San Diego
OWCIAl SEAl
BETT1E L. GARCIA
NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN
SAN DIEGO COUNTY
On March 8F 1979 , before me, the undersigned,
ss. .a Notary Public of said county and state, personally appeared
Angie V. Mauricio ,
known to me to be the Attorney-in-Fact of
United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company ,
the Corporation that executed the within instrument, and known
to me to be the person who executed the said instrument on
behalf of the Corporation therein named, and acknowledged to
me that such Corporation cxecuted-^he same.
1Y060 R4 (9/72)
CERTIFIED COPY
c GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
No 81627
Know all Men by these Presents:
That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint
Angle V. Mauricio
of the City of San DieS°
its true and lawful attorney in and for the State of
, State of
California
Callfornia
for the following purposes, to wit:
To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and
all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES
FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoever the said
Angie V. Mauricio
may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents.
In Witness Whereof, the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be
sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice-President and Assistant Secretary, this llth day of
December , A. D. 19 70
UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY.
(SEAL)
STATE OF MARYLAND,
BALTIMORE CITY,
(Signed)
(Signed)
Char 1 es. W... Boone
Vice-President.
.J,..Ef..pa.U.am.
Assistant Secretary.
ss:
On this llth day of December , A. D. 1970 , before me personally came
Charles W. Boone , Vice-President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY and J . S. Da 11 am . Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of
whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said that they resided in the City of Baltimore, Maryland;
that they, the said Charles W. Boone and J< E> Dallara were respectively
the Vice-President and tha Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the cor-
poration described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the
seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corpora-
tion, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice-President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company.
My commission expires the first day in July, A. D. 19.7.4
( SEAL) (Signed) Herbert J. Aul 1
Notary Public.
STATE OF MARYLAND
BALTIMORE CITY,
I Robert H. Bouse • Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, which Court is a
Court of Record, and has a seal, do hereby certify that Herbert J . Aull • Esquire, before
whom the annexed affidavits were made, and who has thereto subscribed his name, was at the time of so doing a Notary Public of the
^tate of Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and sworn and authorized by law to administer oaths and take
acknowledgments, or proof of deeds to be recorded therein. I further certify that I am acquainted with the handwriting of the said
Notary, and verily believe the signature to be his genuine signature.
In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and affix the seal of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, the same being a Court
of Record, this llth day of December • A- D- 19 70
(SEAL) (Signed) Robert. H.,.3puse
Clerk ft the Sartsr/o' Omrt •>/ R-J.fr»:rrff Cifv.
Set.
c
COPY OF RESOLUTION
That Whereas, it is necessary for the effectual transaction of business that this Company appoint agents and attorneys with power
and authority to act for it and in its name in States other than Maryland, and in the Territories of the United States and in the Provinces
of the Dominion of Canada and in the Colony of Newfoundland.
Therefore, be it Resolved, that this Company do, and it hereby does, authorize and empower its President or either of its Vice-
Presidents in conjunction with its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries, under its corporate seal, to appoint any person or persons
as attorney or attomeys-in-fact, or agent or agents of said Company, in its name and as its act, to execute and deliver any and all con-
tracts guaranteeing the fidelity of persons holding positions of public or private trust, guaranteeing the performances of contracts other
than insurance policies and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings, required or permitted in all actions or proceedings, or
by law allowed, and
Also, in its name and as iu attorney or attorneys-in-fact, or agent or agents to execute and guarantee the conditions of any and all
bonds, recognizances, obligations, stipulations, undertakings or anything in the nature of either of the same, which are or may by law,
municipal or otherwise, or by any Statute of the United States or of any State or Territory of the United States or of the Provinces of the
Dominion of Canada or of the Colony of Newfoundland, or by the rules, regulations, orders, customs, practice or discretion of anv board,
body, organization, office or officer, local, municipal or otherwise, be allowed, required or permitted tD be executed, made, laken, given,
tendered, accepted, filed or recorded for the security or protection of, by or for any person or persons, corporation, body, office, interest,
municipality or other association or organization whatsoever, in any and all capacities whatsoever, conditioned for the doing or not doing
of anything or any conditions which may be provided for in any such bond, recognizance, obligation, stipulation, or undertaking, or
anything in the nature of either of the same.
/, George R. Downer > an Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND
GUARANTY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the original power of attorney given
by said Company to
Angle V. Mauricio
of San DiegO, California , authorizing and empowering her to sign bonds is therein set
forth, which power of attorney has never been revoked and is still in full force and effect.
And I do further certify that said Power of Attorney was given in pursuance of a resolution adopted at a regular meeting of the
Board of Directors of said Company, duly called and held at the office of the Company in the City of Baltimore, on the llth day of
July, 1910, at which meeting a quorum of the Board of Directors was present, and that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of said
resolution, and the whole thereof as recorded in the minutes of said meeting.
7n Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY
COMPANY on ..iarc.i 8, 1979
(Date)
Assistant Secretary.
Page 15
LOW INCOME RESIDENT TRAINING/EMPLOYMENT
"
, v ' . SECTION 3 CLAUSE
A. The work to be performed under this contract is on a project assisted under
a program providing direct federal financial assistance from the Department
of Housing § Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section
'. . Z of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 USC 1701U.
Section 3 requires that, to the greatest extent feasible, opportunities for
training and employment be given to lower income residents of the project area
and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business
concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons resid-
ing in the area of the project. - •
B. The parties to" this contract will comply with the provisions of said Section
3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing £,
Urban Development set forth in '24 CFR, 135, and all applicable rules and
orders of the Department of Housing 5 Urban Development issued thereunder
prior to the execution of this contract. The parties to this contract certify
and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would
prevent them frora complying with these requirements.
C. The contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of
fr. workers with whom he/she has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract
'v or understanding, if any, a notice advising the said labor organi nation or
worker's representative of his/her commitments under this Section 3 clause and
shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees
and applicants for employment and training. , . . .
• . ' .
D. The contractor will include this Section 3 Clause in every subcontract for •
work in connection with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant -••
for or recipient of federal financial assistance, take appropriate action
• pursuant to the subcontract upon a finding that the subcontractor is in
violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing, 5 Urban Development:,.
24 CFR, 135. The contractor will' not subcontract with any subcontractor where
he/she has notice -or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation of
regulations under 24 CFR, Part 135 and will not let any subcontract unless the
. subcontractor has first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability
to comply with the requirements of these regulations.
E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24
CFR, 135, and all applicable rules, and orders of the Department of Housing fr v.
Urban Development issued thereunder prior to the execution of the contract..
shall be a condition of the federal financial assistance provided ic the
' project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its
successors and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject"
the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors
^ and assigns to those sanctions specified by. the grant or loan agreement or
** contract through \vhich federal assistance is provided and to such sanctions
as are specified by 24 CFR, 135. •
HUD-4010 " ,(2-76) . Page 16
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT «
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM
FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
1. APPLICABILITY . .
The Project or Program to which the work covered by this Contract
pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the
following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this
Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assist-
• ance.
/ 2. MINIMOM WAGE HATES FOR LABORERS AND MECHANICS '
All laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this
Contract shall be paid unconditionally and not less often than once
each week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account
(except such payroll deductions as are made mandatory by law and such
other payroll deductions as are permitted by the applicable regula-
tions issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of
labor, pursuant to the Anti-Kickback Act hereinafter identified), the
full amount due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less
than those contained in the wage determination decision of said
Secretary of Labor (a copy of which is attached and herein incorporated
"by reference), regardless of any contractual relationship which may be
alleged to exist between the Contractor or any subcontractor and sucrf
laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed upon such
work shall be paid in cash, except that payment may be by check if the
employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities approved by "£he
Local Public Agency or Public Body for the cashing of the same without
cost or expense to the employee. For the purpose of this clause,
contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section 1 (b)
(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are
considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the
provisions of Section f?.5(a)(l)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal
Begulations. Also for the purpose of this clause, regular contribu-
tions made or costs incurred for more than a wee.kly period under plans,
funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are
deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly
period.
3. UNDERPAYMENTS OF WAGES OR SALARIES "
•
In case of underpayment of wages by the Contractor or by any
subcontractor to laborers or mechanics employed by the Contractor or
subcontractor upon the work covered by this Contract, the Local Public
Agency or Public Body in addition to such other rights as may be afford
ed it under this Contract shall withhold from the Contractor, out of
any payments due the Contractor, so much thereof as the Local Public
Page 1 of 13 Pages '• *"
Page 17
Agency or Public Body may consider'necessary to pay such laborers or
mechanics the full amount of wages required by this'Contract. The *
,amount so withheld may be disbursed by the Local Public Agency or V
Public Body, for and on account of the Contractor or the subcontractor
(as may be appropriate), to the respective laborers or mechanics to
whom the same is due or on their behalf to plans, funds, or programs
for any type of fringe benefit prescribed in the applicable wage .
determination.
\\. ANTICIPATED COSTS OF ERINGE BENEFITS
If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other '
third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or
mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing
fringe benefits under a plan .or program of a type expressly listed in
the wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor which is a
part of this Contract: Provided, however, the Secretary of Labor has
found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable
standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor . -
may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets
for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. A copy of
any findings made by the Secretary of Labor in respect to fringe benefits
being provided by the Contractor must be submitted to the Local Public ;
Agency or Public Body with the first payroll filed by the Contractor
subsequent to receipt of the findings. ' •
s . . .'*-..-. .
$. OVERTIME COMPENSATION REQUIRED BY CONTRACT WORK HOURS AKD SAFETY' ,.
STANDARDS ACT (?6 Stat. 357-3^0: Title UO U.S.G., Sections 32?- "~ (
332) .
(a) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor
contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or
-involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen
and guards, shall require or permit any laborer ox* mechanic in any
workweek in which he is- employed on such work to work in csxcess of 8
hours in any calendar day or in excess of lj.0 hours in such work week
unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not
less than one and one—half times his basic rate of pay for all hours
worked in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excels of 1^0 hours
in such work week, as the case may be. •""''.
(b) Violation; liability for unpaid wage s_ liquidated damages.
• In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a),
the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be
liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition,
such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States
" for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with
reapect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violations
of the clause set forth in paragraph (a), in the sum of $10 for each
calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work
Page 2 of 13 Pages .; /'
HUD-4010 (2-76) •
Page 18
r
an excess of 8 hours or in excess of the standard workweek of 1|0 hours
without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth
in paragraph (a).
(c) Withholding for liquidated damages. The Local Public Agency
or Public Body shall withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys
payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor,
such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to
satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for liqui-
dated .damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b).
(d) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts
the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a.), (b), and (c) of this Section
and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses
in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with
a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may
in turn be made. • . -
/ 6. "MPLOYMENT OF APEREHTICES/CEAIHEES . '
a.- Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the prede-
termined rate for the work they performed when they are em-*
ployed and individually registered in a bona fide apprentice-"
ship program registered with the U. S* Department of Labor,
Manpower Administration^ Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training,
or with a State- Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau,
or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary
employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program,
who is not individually registered in the program, but who has
"..... been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or
• . a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be
eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The
allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classi-
fication shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the
contractor as to his entire work force tinder the registered
program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice
wage rate, who is not a trainee as defined in subdivision (b)
of this subparagraph or is not registered or otherwise employed
as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the
Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually
performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to
Page 3 of 13 Pages _
V .
• HUD-4010 (2-76)
Page 19
furnish to the contracting officer or a representative of the
Wage-Hour Division of the .U. S. Department of Labor written
evidence of the registration of his program and apprentices as
well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates (expressed in.
percentages cf the journeyman hourly rates), for the area of
construction prior to using any apprentices on the contract
work. The wage rate .paid apprentices shall "be not less than
the appropriate percentage of the journeyman's rate contained
in the applicable wage determination."""
"b. Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5>.l5 trainees will not
be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for
vthe work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and
individually registered in a program which has received prior
approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the IT. S.
Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Appren-
tice and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall
not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the
Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be
paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved pro-
gram for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the
payroll at a. trainee rate who is not registered and partici- . ;;~ /
pating in a training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprentice- V
ship and Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate
determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of
work he actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor
will be required to furnish the contracting officer or a repre-
sentative of the Wage-Hour Division of thg U. S. Department of
Labor written evidence'of the certification of his program?
the registration of the trainees , and the ratios and wage •
rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau
of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a train-
ing program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to • .
utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined"
rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is
approved. • . .
c. Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices,
trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity
with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive
Order 1121^6, as amended, and 29 CER Part 30.
Page 4 of 13 Pages .'•'••
HUD-4010 {2-76}
Page 20
7. EMPLOYMENT OF CERTAIN PERSONS PROHIBITED ,
No person under the age of sixteen years and no person who, at the
time, is serving sentence in a penal or correctional institution shall
be employed on the work covered by this Contract.
8. HEGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SO-CALLED "ANTI-KICKBACK ACT"
The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations (a
copy of which is attached and herein incorporated by reference) of the
Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, made pursuant to
the-so-called "Anti-Kickback Act" of June 13, 193U (U8 Stat. 9^8: 62
Stat. 862; Title U.S.C., Section 8?U: and Title 1^0 U.S.C., Section 2760),
and any amendments or modifications thereof, shall cause appropriate
provisions to be inserted in subcontracts to insure compliance therewith
by all subcontractors subject thereto, and shall be responsible for the
submission of affidavits required by subcontractors thereunder, except
as said Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for reasonable
limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the require-
ments thereof. - . . ;
i • '.---•'.
9. EMPLOYMENT OF LABORERS OR MECHANICS NOT LISTED IN AFORESAID VAGE
DETERMINATION DECISION
X " .
Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage
determination and which is to be employed under the Contract will be -r-
classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination by the
Local Public Agency or Public Body,, and a report of the action taken
shall be submitted by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, through
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of
Labor, United States Department of Labor. In the event the inte'rested
parties cannot.agree on the proper.classification or reclassificatioa
of a particular class of laborers and mechanics to be used, the question
accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public
Body shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development, to the Secretary of Labor for final determination.
10. FRINGE BENEFITS NOT EXPRESSED AS HOURLY VAGE RATES
The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall require, whenever the
minimum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for a class of laborers or
mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly
wage rate and the'Contractor is obligated to pay cash equivalent of such
a fringe benefit,'an hourly cash equivalent thereof to be established.
In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent
of the fringe benefit, the question, accompanied by the recommendation
of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred, through
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of
•Labor for determination..
*
Page 5 of 13 Pages x~
HUD-4010 (2-76)
Page 21
11. POSTING WAGE DETERMINATION DECISIONS AND AUTHORIZED WAGE DEDUCTIONS
• ^ The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, United Statea V
Department of Labor, and the applicable wage determination decisions of
said Secretary of Labor with respect to the various classification of
laborers and mechanics .employed and to be employed upon- the work covered
by this Contract, and a statement, showing all deductions, if any, in
accordance with the provisions of this Contract, to be made from wages
actually earned by persons so employed or to be employed in such classi-
fications, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points at the site
of the work. • .
12. COMPLAINTS, PROCEEDINGS, OR TESTIMONY BY EMPLOYEES'
. No laborer or mechanic to whom" the wage, salary, or other labor
standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged
•'.or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or any
.subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted
or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to
testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards appli-
cable under this Contract to his employer.
13. CLAIMS.AND DISPUTES PERTAINING TO WAGE RATES " .
Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to classifications
.of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract
C * sshall be promptly reported by the Contractor in writing to the Local^.- " ,-
*"' Public Agency, or Public Body for referral by the latter through the " V
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor,
United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with
respect thereto.
.1U. ' QUESTIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN FEDERAL STATUTES AND REGULATIONS
All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the
application "or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti-Kickback Act,
(b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid
TDavis-Bacon Act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor,
United States Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts, or (e) the
labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statute, shall
be referred, through the Local Public Agency or Public Body and the
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor,
United States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate
ruling or interpretation which shall be authoritative and may be relied
upon for the purposes of this Contract.
1$. PAYROLLS AND BASIC PAYROLL RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor and each subcontractor shall prepare his payrolls
on forms satisfactory to and in accordance with instructions to be
Page 6 of 13 Pages ... HUD-40io (2-76)C
Page 22
furnished by the Local Public Agency or Public Body. The Contractor
shall submit weekly to the Local Public Agency or Public Body two
certified copies of all payrolls of the Contractor and of the subcon-
tractors, it being understood that the Contractor shall be responsible
for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. Each"
such payroll shall contain the "Weekly Statement of Compliance" set
forth in Section 3.3 of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. The
payrolls and basic payroll records of the Contractor and each subcon-
tractor covering all laborers and mechanics employed upon the work
covered by this Contract shall be maintained during the course of the
work and preserved for a period of 3 years thereafter. Such payrolls
and basic payroll records shall contain the name and address of each
such employee, his correct classification, rate of pay (including rates
of contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section
l(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked,
deductions made, and actual wages paid. In addition, whenever the
Secretary of Labor has found under Section £.5(a)(l)(iv) of Title 29,
Code of Federal Regulations, that the wages of any laborer or mechanic
include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing
benefits under a plan or program described in Section l(b)(2)(B) of the
Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor or subcontractor shall maintain records
which show that the commitment. to provide such benefits is enforceable,
that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan
or program has been communicated in writing to the. laborers or mechanics
affec.ted, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual
cost incurred in providing such benefits. The Contractor and each
•subcontractor shall make his employment records with respect to persons
employed by him upon the work cfovered by this Contract available for
inspection by authorized representatives of -the Secretary of Housing and
Urban Development, the Local Public Agency or Public Body, and the United
States Department of Labor. Such representatives shall be permitted to
interview employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor during
working hours on the job. . .
16. SPECIFIC COVERAGE OF CERTAIN TYPES OF WORK BY EMPLOYEES
The transporting of materials and supplies to or from the site of .
the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by the employees
of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and the manufacturing or
'furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site
- of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by persons
employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor, shall, for the
purposes of this Contract, and without limiting the generality of the
foregoing provisions of this Contract, be deemed to be work to which
these Federal Labor Standards Provisions are applicable.
17. INELIGIBLE SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor shall not subcontract any part of the work covered
by this Contract or permit subcontracted work to be further subcontracted
Page 7 of 13 Pages x~
HUD-4010 (2-76)
Page 23
without the Local Public Agency's or Public Body's prior written approval V
' of the subcontractor. The Local Public Agency or Public Body will not •
approve any subcontractor for work covered by this Contract who is at
the time ineligible under the provisions of any applicable regulations
issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor or
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Developmentf to receive an award of
such subcontract. .
.18. PROVISIONS TO EE INCLUDED'IN CERTAIN SUBC'OHTMCTS - '
The Contractor shall include or cause to be included In. each
subcontract covering any of the work covered by this Contract, provi- (
sions which are consistent with these Federal Labor Standards Provisions }
and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include such provisions
in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with
a clause requiring such insertion in any further subcontracts that may
in turn be made. . •
19. BREACH OP FOREGOING FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract as
herein elsewhere set forth, the Local Public Agency or Public Body
reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any
subcontractor whose subcontract covers any of the work covered by this
Contract shall breach any of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions.,.. s
A breach of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions, may also be grounds v
for debarment as provided by the applicable regulations issued by the
Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor.
Page 8 of 13 Pages .-
HUO-4010 (2-76)
Page
HUD-4010.)
(2-76)
OR/fif*
.ATTACHMENT TO FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
SO-CALLED "ANTI-KICKBACK ACT" AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED
PURSUANT THERETO BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR.
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
. . »
TITLE 18. U.S.C.. section 874
(Replaces section 1 of the Act of June 13,1934 (48 Stat. 948. 40 U.S.C..
sec. 276b) pursuant to the Act of June 25,1948.62 Stat. 862)
KICKBACKS FROM PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYEES •
Whoever, by force, intimidation, or threat of procuring dismissal from employment, or by any other manner whatso-
ever induces any person employed in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of any public building, public work,
or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States, to give up any part of the com-
pensation to which he is entitled under hia contract of employment, shall be fined not more than 85,000 or imprisoned not
more than five years, or both.
SECTION 2 OF THE ACT .OF JUNE 13, 1934. AS AMENDED (48 Stat. 948.62 Stat. 862.
63 Stat. 108,72Stat.967.40U.S.C..sec.276c) .
« -
The Secretary of Labor.shal! make reasonable regulations for contractors and subcontractors engaged in the construction,
prosecution, completion or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or works financed in whole or in part by loans
Or grants from the United States, including a provision that each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish weekly a statement
with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week. Section 1001 of Title 18 (U/iited Slates Code) shall^ • **"*%
apply to such statements. . "*"' ,,,/
...xxx--- :
Pursuant to the aforesaid Anti-Kickback Act, the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, has promul-
gated the regulations hereinafter set forth, which regulations are found in Title 29, Subtitle A, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 3. The term "this part," as used in the regulations hereinafter set forth, refers to Part 3 last above mentioned. Said reg-
ulations are as follows:
TITLE 29 - LABOR
• •:-•-*•
. . Subtitle A - Office of the Secretary of Labor
PART 3-CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES - .
Section 3.1 Purpose and scope. '
This part prescribes "anti-kickback" regulations under section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934, as amended (40 U.S.C.
276c), popularly known as the Copeland Act. This part applies to any contract which is subject to Federal wage standards
and which is for the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or works
financed in whole or in part by loans or grants (Join the United States. The part is intended to aid in the enforcement of the '.--•
minimum wage provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act and the various statutes dealing with Federally-assisted construction that
contain similar minimum wage provisions, including those provisions which are not subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14
Page 9 of 13 Pages
m.1
Page 25
BEST
ORIGINAL c
(e.g., the College Mousing Act of 1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act of 1959), and in the
enforcement of the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours Standards Act whenever they are applicable to construction
work. The part details the obligation of contractors and subcontractors relative to the weekly submission of statements regard-
ing the wages paid on work covered thereby; sets forth the circumstances and procedures governing the making of payroll de-
ductionsfrom the wages of those employed on such work; and delineates the methods of payment permissible on such work.
Section 3.2 Definitions.
.
As used in the regulations in this part:
(a) The terms "building"or "work" generally include construction activity a* distinguished from manufacturing,
furnishing of materials, or servicing and maintenance work. The terms include, without limitation, buildings, structures, and
improvements of all types, such as bridges, dams, plants, highways, parkways, streets, subways, tunnels, sewers, mains, power-
lines, pumping stations, railways, airports, terminals, docks, piers, wharves, ways, lighthouses, buoys, jeities, breakwaters, \
levees, and canals; dredging, shoring, scaffolding, drilling, blasting, excavating, clearing, and landscaping. Unless conducted in \
connection with and at the site of such a building or work as is described in the foregoing sentence, the manufacture or furnish- '
ing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment (whether or not a Federal or State agency acquires title to such materials, • j
articles, supplies, or equipment during the course of the manufacture or furnishing, or owns the materials from which they are ,
manufactured or furnished) is not a "building" or "work" within the meaning of the regulations in this part. _ j
' -' .••',.„ ' ' *(b) The terms "construction," "prosecution," "completion," or "repair" mean all types of work done on a particular I
building or work at the site thereof, including, without limitation, altering,remodelmg, painting and decorating, the transport- !
ing of materials and supplies to or'from the building or work by the employees'of the construction contractor or construction •
subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the building or
work, by persons employed at the site by the contractor or subcontractor.
(c) The terms "public building" or "public work" include building or work for whose construction, prosecution, com-
pletion; or repair, as defined above, a Federal agency is a contracting party, regardless of whether title thereof is in a Federal
agency.
(d) The term "building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States" includes build- •' (
ing or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, payment or part payment is made
directly or indirectly from funds provided by loans or grants by a Federal agency. The term does not include building or work
for which Federal assistance is limited solely to loan guarantees or insurance.
(e) Every person paid by a contractor or subcontractor in any manner for his labor in the construction, prosecution, - (
completion, or repair of a public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants j
from the United States is "employed" and receiving "wages," regardless of any contractual relationship alleged to exist between (
him and the real employer. • \
(f) The term "any affiliated person" includes a spouse, child, parent, or other close relative of the contractor or sub-
contractor; a partner or officer of the contractor or subcontractor; a corporation closely connected with the contractor or
subcontractor as parent, subsidiary or otherwise, and an officer or agent of such corporation. . •'• .
(g) The term "Federal agency" means the United States, the District of Columbia, and all executive departments, in-
dependent establishments, administrative agencies, and instrumentalities of the United States and of the District of Columbia,
including corporations, all or substantially al! of the stock of which is beneficially owned by the United States, by the District
of Columbia, or any of the foregoing departments, establishments, agencies, and instrumentalities.
Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages. 1
(a) As used in this section, the term "employee" shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than that of laborer j
or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees.
•c • . . .-
Page 10 of 13 Pages V. |
• HUD-4010.1 (2-76) j'
Page 26
r,BEST
ORfGINAL
(b) Karti contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or n-pair of any public
building or (ml.lie work, or building or work financeJ in whole or in part liy loans or grants fruin tlir I'nitcJ States, shall
furnish each week a >Ijttmi-nt with roped to the wages paid each of it.-. employees cuffed on work covered liy '2') Cl K
Parts 3 anrl 5 during the preceding weekly payroll period. This stall mr it .-hall I* executed liy the contractor or subcon- .
tractor or by an authorized officer or employee of the contractor or subcontractor who Mipcrvi.-cs llic payment »f vafrr, and
•hall be on form XVII 3W5, "Statement of Compliance1*, or on an identical form on llic back of \V1I .'J 17, "Payroll (Forflm-
Irar.tors Optional Use)"' or on any form with idciHiral wording, Simple copies of \V|I 317 and \VII 3 )H may be obtained from
tlif Government contracting or sponsoring agency, and copies of these forms may lie purchased at tlic Coverninvnl IVintii^
Offico.
(c) Tlic rciniirrnicnls of this section $liall not apply to any contract of S2.000 or Irss.
(d) Upon a written finding liy t!ic Iicad of a Fedora! agency, tlir Secretary of l.alior may provide rcas»nal>Ii: limitations,
variations, lolrrancrs, and rxmiptions from llic requirements of this section subject to such condilion.* ro the Secretary of
Lalxir may specify. - -
J29F.ll. 93.Jan. 4. 1964,a>anicnde4al33F.R. I01«6.july 17,196U]
» " - .'
Section 3.4 Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and inspection of weekly payroll records.
(a) Each weekly statement required under § 3.3 shall be delivered !>y the cotllraetor or subcontractor, within sevrn
days after the regular payment date of the payroll period, to a representative oC a Federal or Stale agency in charge at t!ie
site of the building or work, or, if there is no representative of a Federal or Sl.ilc agency at llii: iilc of llic building or work,
llic btatenirnt .-hall be mailed by tlie contractor or subcontractor, within such time, to a Federal or Slate agency coiilnirlmg
for or finuiu-ing the building or work. After such examination and clierk as may be made, such statement, or » copy thereof,
shall be kept available, or shall be transmitted together with a rc|K>rt of any violation, in accordance with applicable procedures
prescribed by the United Stains Department of Labor.
(b) F-ach contractor or subcontractor shall preserve hij weekly payroll records for a period of three years from date of
completion of the contract. Tlir payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name and address of each laborer
•ltd mechanic, his correct classification, rale of pay, daily and ttcckly number .of liours_worked, deductions made, nndjictiial
wages paid. Such payroll records shall bn inaite available at all times for inspection by ibe contracting officer or his authorized
representative, and by aulliorizcd rcurrsrnt.itivcs of the Department of Labor.
Section 3.5 Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval o( (he Secretary of Labor.
- Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in the paragraphs of this section may be made
without application to and approval of the Secretary of Lalior:
(a) Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal. State, or local law, such as Federal or Stale
withholding income taxes and Federal social security taxes.
(b) Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a hona Tide prepayment of \r.i£cs when such prepayment
is made without discount or interest. A "hona fide prepayment of wages" is considered lo have been made only when ca>h or
its ctpiivideiit has been advatircd lo the person employed in such manner as to give IM'III complete freedom of disposition of the
•dvauccd funds.
(c) An) deduction of amounts reip-iircd by court process to be paid to another, unless the deduction is in favor of the
contractor, subcontractor or any affiliated person, or when collusion or collaboration exists.
Page 11 of 13 Pages
• • HUD-4010.1 (2-76)
. Page 27
i
BEST . J
. ORIGINAL (,
(d) Any deduction constituting a contribution on behalf of the person employed to funds established by the employer
or representatives of employees, or both, for the prupose of providing cither from principal or income, or both, medical or
hospital care, pensions or annuities on retirement, death benefits, compensation for injuries, illness, accidents, sickness, or >
disability, or for insurance to provide any of the foregoing, or unemployment benefits, vacation pay, savings accounts, or /
similar payments for the benefit of employees, their families and dependents: Provided, however, That the following standard* ;
ire met: (I) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; (2) it ia either: (i) Voluntarily consented to by the employee • I
in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition either for the • (
obtaining of or for the continuation of employment, or (ii) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement be- (
tween the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; (3) no profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained, '
directly or indirectly, by the contractor or subcontractor or any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or (
otherwise; and (4) the deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of the employee. (
(e) Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily '
authorized by the employee. .
(f) Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay loans to or to purchase shares in credit unions
organized and operated in accordance with Federal and State credit union statutes.
(g) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to governmental or quasi-
governmental agencies, such as the American Red Cross. .
(h) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to Community Chests,
United Givers Funds, and similar charitable organizations.
f '
(i) Ariv. deductions to pay regular union initiation fees and membership dues, not including fines or special assessments:
Provided, however. That a collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its
employees provides for such deductions and the deductions are not otherwise prohibited by law.
(j) Any deduction not more than for the "reasonable cost" of board, lodging, or olSer facilities meeting the require- •
men Is of suction 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and Part 531 of this title. When such a deduction
is made the additional records required under § 516.27 (a) of this title shall be kept.
Section 3.6 Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Secretary of Labor. ' '
•
Any contractor or subcontractor may apply to the Secretary of Labor for permission to make any deduction not per*
milled under § 3.5. The Secretary may grant permission whenever he finds that:
(a) The contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person does not makn a profit or benefit directly or indirectly from
the deduction cither in the form of a commission, dividend, or otherwise; .
(b) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; • . .
(c) The deduction is cither (1) voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which
the work is to be done and such consent isrnot a condition either for the obtaining of employment or its continuance, or (2)
provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its
employees; and .
(d) The deduction -serves the convenience and interest of the employee.
Page 12 of 13 Pages
'*""" "* HUD-40NU (2-76) V.,
Page 28
ORIGINAL
Section 3.7 Applications for tlic approval of tlic Secretary of Labor.
Any application for the making of payroll deductions under § 3.6 shall comply wild llir reqniri'muil* pri-M-rilied !u tin
following paragraph* of tliis section:
(a) Tlic application shall he in writing ai.J shall lie addressed to tin- Secretary of Labor.
(li) The application shall identify the contract or contract.* under which the work in ipie stion is to be performed. Per-
mission will be given for deduction* only on specific, identified contract*, except upon a showing of exceptional ririmii>taiici-s.
(c) The application shall stale affirmatively that there is compliance with the standard* ;cj forth in the pnni-ionsof
§ 3.6. The affirmation shall he accompanied by a full statement of the facts indicating such compliance.
(d) The application shall include a description of the proposed deduction, the purpose to Lr served thereby, and the
classes of Winters or mechanics from whose wages the proposed deduction would be made.
(e) The application shall state the name and Ln-incss of any third pen-on to whom any fund* obtained from tlv pro-
posed deductions are to be transmitted and the affiliation of such person, if any, with the applicant.
Section 3.8 Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications, *
The Secretary of I.abor shall decide whether or not the requested deduction is permissible under provisions of § 3.6;
and shall notify the applicant in writing of His decision.
.Section 3.9 Prohibited payroll deductions.
Deductions not elsewhere provided for by this part and which are not found to be pcrmi&iblc under § 3.6 arc prohibited.
Sertion 3.10 Methods of payment of wages. _ ~
The payment of wages shall be by cash, negotiable instruments payable on demand, or the additional forms of compensa-
tion for which deductions arc permissible under this part. No other methods of payment shall be recognized on work subject
to the Cojiclsnd Act.
Section 3.11 Regulations part of contract.
All contracts made with respect to the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public
work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the- United Stales covered by tlic regulations in
this part shall expressly bind the contractor or subcontractor to comply with such of the regulations in this part as may be ap-
plicable. In this regard, sec § 5.5 (a) of this subtitle.
Page 13 of 13 Pages
HUD-4010.J (2-76)
£ U-iCOVtRNMtNlMIINIING Wild: 15/6-2IO-9&6/2W.
Page 29
FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGES
Minimum Wages. Attention is directed to Decision No. CA78-5006
of the Secretary of Labor, included herein, dated January 27, 1978.
^^^^0 MI^ WL^ SHMH|
ORIGINAL
»B?niscocAS DECISION
STATKl California COuSTlfi San Dloqa
DECISION KUXStHI CA78-500* BATE t Cat* ot Publication
Supersedes Decision Ha. CA77-5094 dated September 30. 1»77. in 42 fa SM61
DESCRIPTION OF VORXs Building Construction (co*s noe Include single family
hones and garden type apartments up Co and Including 4 stories}, heavy end
highway construction and dredging. •
ASBESTOS WORKERS „
BOILERMAKERS
BRICKLAYERS; Stonemasons
BRICK. BLOCK and STONEMASONS'
TENDERS
CARPENTERS 8
Carpenters
Millwrights; Pneunatle Nailer;
Bardvood Floorlayers
CEMENT HASOnSt
Ceitent Kjaom
Color Work; Ccinpositlon,
Has tic or Epoxy; Finishing
Hschinei Curb Machine
CRV-JMJ, INSTALLERS
Electricians
Cable Splicers •.
ELEVATOR CO:lSTRUCTORS
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS' HELPERS
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS' HELPERS
(PROS.)
GLAZIERS
IRONWORKERS!
Fence Erectors
Reinforcing
Ornam«ntaly Structural'
IRfltGMIO.-i And LAW5J SPRINKLERS
LATHERSI
northern portion of San Diego
County Iron center of City of
Del Hat
Remainder of County
LINE CONSTRUCTION!
Croundman
Linemen
Cable Splicers
MARBLE SETTERS
HAX3LC SETTERS' HELPERS
PAINTERS:
Brush! Painter Burner
Suing Stfejei Brush/ Sprayi Iron,
•trel and bridge Painter •
Cground work)
»
* 13.65
ll!44
».87
11.26
11.39
11.51
8.81
9.11
12.85
11.28
11.58
13.41
7QUR
SOtJR
10.90
10.66
11.55
11.55
9.75
11.50
11,86
10.45
11.57
13.87
11.84
9.04
10.99
11.24
Frift;* Bv««tils PoymtftH
Hi*
S l.Oi
.775
1.01
.77
.56
.56
• .36
.(8
.88
.66
.70
.70
.745
.745
.67
1.24
1.24
1.24lot
.60
.60
.70
.70
.70
.81
.81
1.09
1.09
Pcttti***
$ 1.27
1.00
1.19
1.95
1.20
i.20
£.20
£.66
1.66
1.20
3t»1.71
.56
.56
.90
2.22
2.22
2.22
£6%
1.00
.70
J»*1.71
36*1.71
1.17
. 1.00
1.18
1.18
.50
.80
.80
.80
1.36
1.36
.80
4)
1.46
1.46
.70
.75
.75
/^X.06
.02
.12
"
.07
• .07
.07
.07
.07
.07
.02
.02
.02!
.02;
' . '
.OC
.06
.OC
17.
.OS
.02
.02
.02
.02
.09
.08
. .07
.07
"Z.0.. ~«
ornV*
jf'JJ-
I *
m.
raperhaneer! Sproy, svlfif
stage! Sandblasterr Iron,
ste«l and bridge, swing stage!
Iron, strel and bridge,. spray
(ground) i Riggers, climbing
sttel) Brush, clti-ilng steel
and bridge
Sandblaster, svlng stag*! Iron,
sttel and bridge, spray swing
stage) Spray, cltaMng (teel
and bridge'
Steeplejack
PASKIKS wr wowt
Traffic delineating dcvlc*
appllentor
Vhrcl itcp installer! Traffic
surface sandblasterr Striper
Eslrx-r (Traffic surface
csndblasteri Vhcel etop
installer) Striper),
su-'any SCAI. orfRATtosj
Mixer Operator
Squcegoo KanApplicator Operator
Snuttlcrcan
Top Kjn
PIASTCKERS
PWSTCIIKHS1 TPTOCRS
PU'M.')!:rt3| Steamttttort ,>•
Bttlc
Btt.t
« 11.4*
11.74
12.3)
J.37
».«
7.08
8.70
7.98
7. OC
(.90
6.08
11. 4510.46
12.41
11.2?
12. OS
9.55
15.07
11.84
11.84
9.04
escribed
cidental
HIV
1.0?
1,09
1.0)
.55
. •"
.55
.55
,55
.55
.55
.55
.CS
.77lot
.60
1.04.CO
.65
.01
.01
• .81
for craf
Frl»t* D"tl
r,.,..,
• •Ml
1.18
Ml
.40
.49
.43
.40
.40
.40
.40
.40
1.75
1.9S
l(t
.75
3.24
1.05
.75
J..17
1.17
1.00
per for ml
lit r«r"»«
V.CtllM
.7S
.75
.75
b
b
b
.50
131
1.00
»
9 op«rat
t "
EcW.tl.n
.07
.07
.07
.07
3/4%
.01
.07
' .00
.09
.09
ion
LTAt. votwEns
son: FWOH LAYUKS
SPHINICLUK FtTTHIS
TDWiUO WO;iXEH5
THE SETTUlS
Trjiw,::o And TUB ntirensRlCccaSj KCLDEHS - Receive r»ta> p
to vhjch rigging or welding is 1
TTFpToTe-r contribute, «» ef basic hourly «.l. for 5 y«r,«61 ot basic hourly rat, tor « month! to 5 years* servle* as Vacation
hourM}.«4 per ho« to Vacation Fund, over 10 years
7un<J.
TKtB IIOt.TPYASj.A-Kcv vcar's Day! B-Hemorial Oayj C-lnieptnitne* Oayi6-tabor Dayi E-Thanksjlvin^Oayi r-Chrlst«a Bay.
ocetaioH w. cA7«.joo«
tMOMM •
tABOREM, General Construction!
Gas and Oil Flpellnei Jetman!
Tool Shed Checker! Using dry
packt Flagman
CUTTING TORCH OPERATOR
(demolition)| Scalar
GUINEA CHASER
FINE cnAorn ON HIGHWAYS,
STREETS AltO AIRPORTS PAVINO
(sever and drainage lines)!
landscape Girduner and
Nursery Mart
UlORER (packing red itetl
and pans)| Tank Sealer and
Clonnvt
DRILLER'S HELPER (Caisson)
including OeUow«r»;.Bortn7
Kichlne Helper
WINOOW cutMiUH! Chuck Tender
(except tunnels)| Septic
tank digger and Installer
(f<tf adman)
CHSSPOOL DICCKH AND INSTALtOt
CONCRKTE CUREIIf ImpotvlouJ
Membrane! Riprap Stonopaverf
Bandblaster (pot tender)f
ripelaycr Backup Kin, Coating*
Grouting, Making of Joint),.
Sealing, Caulking, Diapering*
and inlcudlng Rubber Casket
Jolntst Pointing and any and
all other cervices
ASl'WILT R.\KEH, 1RONER, S7RCAOE!l|
BuCSymoblle Kjn> Cement Dumpot
(on l yd. or larger mixers
and handling bulk cement)! Con-
crete Saw Han (excluding tractor
type)! Koto-scraper, chipping
hammer) Concrete Core Cutter and
Form Blower! Cas and oil plpellm
wrapper-pot tender* and Form Wn
Operator! and Tenders of pneviiut;
and electric tools, concrete pumjVibrating machines and similar
mechanical tools not ccparately
eltaalfied herein! Tree Climber
using mechanical tools
ROCK SI.INCEH) sealer (using
bos'.n chair or safety bait
or power tools)
D.ile
K.t«t
S 7.31
7.41
7.44
7.41
7.415
7.4»
7.51
7.54
T.S5
7.S7
7.M
Fil»i. B.»iiii P«r"««n
HIT
.77
.77
.77
,77
.77
.77
.77.77
i •"
.77
.77 '
Pm1<m
* 9.03
2.05
2.05
' 1.03
1.05
J.OS
1.05
2.05
J.OS
-
3.05
Vic.il..
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
..75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
Apr'* Tr.
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
,13
.13
.13
.13
.1)
.13
wooo>O '
g
oMl
P)
o u
OJo
. ORIGINAL
reosRAt RsctsTtn, veu «, MO. TJ—RHOAY, JANUARY $r,
r n
CKIJICH MO. CATS-SOOf
(Coftt'd) '
NttUAS, all other when drllltn
It for me «( explosives
UPCUYCR, METALLIC OR KOH-
KLTAU.IC (Including water sewage
tolld, gj», air)( welding In
connection vlth laborer's work
CAS txo OIL PirEiiiiE WRAPPER
[6* pipe and over)
CRIDDEB, SIIOKM, LACCINC,
SKCtTINS AND TRENCH DIVACINSl
Kind-juided lagging har.mr
STEEL HLV3ERSOARO KA.1
D3ILLERS - [all power drill*,
including JiCkha.r.-vr, whether
cor*. dliuond, wjijon. trick,
sultlple unit, end any and all
types of Bechanlcal drtlli;
Stndbtaster (N'ortleun;
DLASTtttS
ROCK SLII.-GEn
ESECTOOSt
CUtl 1
Clan 2 j,
Class 3 • ^ .
HOUSEHOVERS
LABORERS
and Shaft Work)
SVU. CMCt Concrete Crew {Include
tnj syrr^JereJ j Ounpnwnt
I
In short Ocy tunncli umiTf str««
hl9h«ys end alnllar piaccsj
Tr«ckswn» S«4np?r (brokeoan end
»»ltchB<n to tunnel vork)
CUUCK TSSSSR, Coble Tcndcrj
CII'JCSC TENJES; Olj'.f Tender)
p*:; St«el Fotn rjlser and
Setters* «e5p»f} vibrd-.orsunj
Xha^vstj' Pnsuirjtic tools
(«<crpt
ROUT CU!i«Q»
Bfitc
Ht«>tr
Eittl
5 7. ti
7.«7
• 7.70
7.72
7.7JS
7.'S4S
7.88
t.ti
7J3S
7.355
7.8S
7.75
7.85
Fflt>t» 8»«»ti(« P«»»enlt
HIV
,11
.77
.77
.77
• .77
^77
.77
.77
.77
.77
.77
.77
.77
PMtltlt
$ J.Oi
J.05
J.05
2.05
2.0$
.05
.05
.OS
.05
.OS
.05
.OS
. J.05
t
z.ts
2.05
V.nll.s
.15
.7!
.75
' .7S
.7$
.7J
.75
.75
.7$
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
•73
rH" •.i)
.13
.13
.13
1 .13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
!l3
DECISION NO rift s
(Tunnel and Shaft Work)
8LASTRRCRS; Drilltra; Cherry
Picket iranr Kemper and other
pneumatic concrete placer
operators; Miners, In short
dry tunnels under streets,
highways and slallar placet;
Klnetrs, tunnel (hand or eachint]
PowJormcni Pritnerhoutef Timber*
ncn; Rctimhernon; (Wood or
suel); Steel Fora Raisers and
Setters
SHAFT AN9 RA3S6 MINES
CUHITE WORKERS?
ttojilcmcn «nd Jtodncn
Gunmen
Reboundmcn
POKER B30tPKnrr OPOUWORSCroup 1
Croup 2
Cioup 3» X
Croup 4 i
Croup S
Croup C
Croup 7
Group t
Croup J . '
8ett«B™./
» 7.JO
f .IS
J.flJ
7.77
7. 35$
t.7S
10.03 .
10.32
10.46
10. (8
10.71
10.91
11.00
11.21
fillet Bliwlill Pirnr.K
HI*
•
•"
.77
.77
.77
.77
.77
•
.us
.95
.55
.95
.55
.95
• .95
.95
.15
Ptdlllll
» 2.05
2.0S
2.05
2.05
2.05
s.oo
2.09
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.002.09
2.00
2.00
.
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.SO
.50
.50
E'vt.iiti
•nd/tlApfi. Tr.
•
.15
.13
.13'
.13
.13
.04
.04
.04
.04
.04
.04
.04
.04
B3UIPKENT OP235ATORS
Circ-up It Orakwunp Co«if>r«jaot {leas than 600 C.R.H.Ji Engineer oilerj
Con«r*tor(.:i««vy Duty Repalmanj Uelrwri »«-•>?« Sl7n*l«an» Swttcnajn
Croup J» Compreasor (SOO C.T.M.or larger) > Concr»t« Hlxer, skip typo,
Convcyorj ricemanj Uydroitattc Pumpi Oiler Crusher (asphalt or concret*
plant} j Plant Operator! 0«n»r8tor, rump or Compresaort notary Drill
nelptr {o'.U!cld)i SXipioader - vhesl ty?« up to 3/< yd. v/o attochaentti
*olls Field Technleljnj tit Pot Flrcssni Tcnporary Ileatlna Plant; Trenehln?
StaeSJn* Ollctj 7;uc>! Cras* Oil«s
«roup J» -A-rrano or Winch 7rviek| Ilevator Operatof {tniid«)t Equtpaent
Crea»»r (rack)f rcrd Ferguaon twlth dra7lyp» attachments); Helicopter
Radioman (ground) i yower Concrete. Cur Ing Kachinej Power Concrete Saw;
rower driven Jumbo Form Setter; Sow Carrier (Job lltell Stationary?Jp« Wrapping and Cleaning Hschlne
Croup <i Asphalt Plant rirenant Borln? Kaehlntr toman or Mlxernin {uphill
or concrete)) Chip Spreading Rschlnej Concrete Punp (small portable); Brldgt
type Unloader and Turntable; Dinkey loconotiv* or totornan (up to and In-
cluding 10 tons); Equipment Greater (greaser truck); Helicopter llolit; High*
JSn« Cableway Signalman; Hydra-hanaer-aero (temper; Power Swveper; Roller
(conpactlng); Screed (««fhalt or concrete); Trenching tuchlnc (up to »(t.)
•PI j
(D |
U) io- I
OO2?
OKXStOlf HO. CA7»-SOO«f»gt
• POWER EQUIPMENT OPBWOM
DCCIStOtt MO. CA7«-500«
POHOt GQOIPKBIT OPERATORS (CootM)
Page 7
O4O>
Croup Si Asphalt Plant Engln«»rt Baeitho* (up to •«« including V* yd.) I '
Batch Plant) Bit Sharpener i Concmt Joint Machine (canal «nd similar
type!) Concrete Planer) Deck Engine) Derricknan (oilfield typo)) Drilling
Kaehine Operator ! including water veils) For ill ft (under S-tort capacity) I
Hydrographlc Seeder .Machine (stratf, pulp or seed)) Machine Tool Opera tori
K»ginnls Internal Full Slab Vibrator) Mechanic Hern, Curb or Cutter (con- •
crtte or asphalt)) Mechanical finisher (concrete-Clary, Johnson, oldwell
er sUllarl) Pavcscnt DroaXor (truck mounted)) Road Oil Mixing Machine!
Holler (asphalt or finish)) Rubber-tired earth Having Erulprcrnt (tingle
engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) r Self-propelled Tar Pipelining
Machine) Slip Forn Pump (power-driven hydraulic lifting device for conerett
focns)) Sklploader (Crawler and Wheel typo over' 1/4 yd. and up to and includlnf
IS yds.)) Stinger Crane (Austln-Wcsterr. or tinllar type)) Tractor-DulldoJtr*
Croup Ci Asphalt or Concrete Spreading (tamping or finishing)) Asphalt
paving Machine (Barber Creeno or similar type) t Bride Crane Operator)
Cast-ln-place Pipe Laying Machine) Combination Mixer and Cornproscoe
(gunlte work)) Compactor, self-propelled) Conerett Mixes -paving) Con-
crete Mixer - paving) Concrete Pump (truck iraunted) ( Crane Operator up
to and including IS ton capacity) (long-boon pay applicable)) Crushing
Plant) Drill Doctor! Elevating Crader) ForklKt (over 5 tono) i Crailu
Checker) Grade-all) Grouting Machine) Heading Shield) Heavy Duty Rupal»-
man) llolit Ope t a tor (Chicago licom and similar type)) Kolman Celt loader
and dollar typci LcTourneau Dlob Compactor or similar type)- Lift Mobll*| •
Lltt Slab Machine (Vagtborg and olmllar typco)) Loader (Alhoy, Euclid,
Sierra, and sUIlar type) > Material Hoist) Mucking Machine (1/4 yd. rubber
tired, rial or track type)) Pneumatic Concrete Placing Machine (Hackley-
Frttswell or sUtlar typo)) Pneumatic (loading Shield (tunnel)) Puir.pcr«t»
Cuni notary Drill (excluding caisson type)) Ruhber-tlred Eacth Moving
Cqulpfcrnt (single engine-Caterpillar, Euclid, Attiey Wagon, and similar
types with any and all attachments over J5 yds. and up to and including
50 cu. yds. struck)) Rubber-tired Earth Moving equipment (multiple Scraper .
(sclt-loading-paddle wheel type-John Dcvce, 1040 and stiatlar slngl'? unlt)|
Sklploader (Crawlur and vheel type-ov« Ih yds., up to and including f|
yds.)) SurTcce Heaters and Planer j Trenching Machine (over S ft. iepth
••capacity)) rower Cranei Tractor Conpressor Prill Conbination) Tractor (any ,
. type larger than D-5-100 flywheel h.p. and over, or similar)) Dulldotcr,
Tanpcr, Scraper and Push Tractor, isingle engine)) Tractor Machine! Tunnel
loconotlve [over 30 tons)) Shovel, Backhoe. DraoUno, Clanshell (over 3/4
yd. and up tp 3 cu. yds, n.r.c.) (long Boon pay applicable); S«lC-?copell«4
Curb and Cutter Machine
Croup 7i Cron*, ever S5 ton up to and Inelualr.g 100 tons a.t.c. Uon? bor»
p«y applicable); Strrick B«rg« 9Long Boon pay applicable) ) OuaX Drum Mixert
Heavy Duty Repairman-Welder Combination) Hoist, StUf-legs, Cuy Derrick or
similar typo, up to and including 100 tons (long boon p«v applicable) j Mono-
rail LocoiMtlve UUsel, gaj or electric!) Motor Patrol-blade Operator (slngl*
engine)) Multiple r.nglne Tractor (Euclid and stnllar type, except quad 9 Cat}|
Rubber-tired Earth Kjvlng Equlpwnt IsJngl" engine, oi-tc SO yds. sSrxicK) I
Rubber-tited tarth hvjulng Cqulpintnt (n«Ulpl« engine, Euclid, Catcrpllltr an<J
similar) (over 35 yds, end up to 50 cu. yds. struck)) Shovel, DacXhoe, Drotj-
line, Clao'hell (over % cu. yds. n.r.c.) (Long boon pay applicable)) Tower '
Crane Repairman) Traettr Loader (crawler and wheel type over IS yi)s,)| Voider-
certtilcd) Vfooda Mlxee *f,d slnllar Fuanill E<3«l«»ent I
Crcup It Auto Grader? Autenatto Slip for») Crant-over 109 tons (lew} boon
pay applicable)) Hoist-stiff Legs, Cuy Derrick or sinllar types (capable
of hoisting 100 tons or tare) (Long boon pay applicable)) Mass excavator -
less than 7SO cu. yds.) Mechanical Finishing Machine) Mobile Forn Traveler)
. Motor Patrol, multi-engine)) Pipe Mobile Machine) Rubber-tired earth moving
equipment (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterplller and stnllar type over SO cu.
yds. struck)) Rubber tried self-loading Scraper (Paddlt wheel-auger type self-
loading-? or nor* units)) Rubber-tired Scraper - pushing one another w/o Push
Cat. Push-pull (50C per hour additional to tase rate)) Tande* Equipment (2
units only)) Tandem Tractor (quad 9 or similar type)) Tunnel Mol« Baring
Machine
Croup $t Canal Liner) Canal Trinnert Helicopter Pilot) Hlghllne Cableway)
Demote Controlled Earth Moving Equipment ($1.00 p/h additional to bast
rate)} viheel Excavator (over 7SO cu. yds.J
o u• • '
. VOL «3. NO.
POWER BOUIPKENT OPCRATOU
OREOGINC
(ItydrauSlc Suction Dredges) '
LCVERKAN
WATCH ENOIKEERl Kelder
RECKMATC
wniciiMAN (Stern winch er dredge)
OAltGCMAN) Deckhand) Flrenan).
011»r> Uvct-hand •
(Clanshell Dredges)
LEVERMAK
WATCH ENGINEERS
DECKMATS
BARCEMATS
BARCEKA.N) Deckhand) rtremani
oiler
t.ileM.mlf
t 11.50
11.02
10.54
10.47
''"
11. «0
11.0210.54
10.47
9.93
MM. B...H., P.,
H&W
' .IS
.IS
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
PfMlMt
t 2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
VeciiU*
• SI
.51
• 5'
.51
.SI
-.51Isc
.50
.SO
.SO
•fld/t,Appt, Ti.
• 0*
.fl<.0'
.04
• 0'
.04
.04
.04
.04
.04
' I
•CD
00
JANUARY 27, W8
Page 32
PEC1SIQM VOr. CA78-S30S
tRCCR DRIVERS
Croup 1
Croup 2
Croup 3
Croup *Croup S
Croup t
a
•
$8. Hi>.os
9.2$
S.«S
11.4St.SS
f,^.i~.,.,.r.,~,^
H«.W
51. OS
l.OS
1.05
l.OS
-l.OS
l.OS
p«,i«,
.55
.*S
.55
.95
.55
.SS
¥•<•>:*>
$1.00l.oc
1.00l.ocl.ool.oc
E.t#;*"
Appr* Tr.
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.13
TRUCK DRIVERS
Croup It 3 axl* duaps* i axle flatbed* Bunkccsan; C3r.cret« pumping;
Sndustcial lite; -Truck ccpaicmn hclprrj Welder h«lp«ti Warehouse-
Forkllfc und«t 15,000 Ibs.
Croup 2: 3 axle du;p> I axle flat b«d> 2 IK].? wa:cf tf,-cksj Ccostn
Control no:=letunt duepctete. less eiarj 6% yds.: For'<li£e IS, 090 Ibs.
•nd even dell; Pipeline vorfcin? ecucH driver; Eoad oil sp
Ceeeat distributor or slurry driver j Boatman; Ross earritr
Croup 3> Off-raja djnp under 35 eons; 4 axle but less than 7 a«le;
Xoubed *nd trailer; Transit mix, cn<!*r 8 yds.; 3 axle vatef trucks;
trosin control; Grout nlxer; Duspcrete S^j yis. ana oven Oa-pjct-rsr .-
W 10*5, 20'a and overt Fuel trucic and Cy.n.wite; Kir.eh, 2 «xlet "tuclc
Croup «| Off-road ducp 35 eons and over?; 7 axle os cere; Transit Bt»,
• ydSo end over; A-Frao? or Swedish Cranes; ?ie«=sn; Watvr pull taniicraf
Veldcrs; Winch truck, 3 axle or core '
Croup Si Truck Repairman
Croup 6> Traffic control, clso suarpecs and helpers and
ORIGINAL
KDERAl REGISTER VOU 43, NO. 19-FRIDAY, JANUARY '/T, 1978
• Page 33
STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246)
1. As used in these specifications: .
a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solici-
tation from which this contract resulted; . "
b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director
delegates authority;
c. "Employer indentification number" means the Federal Social Security
number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury
Department Form 941.
"d. "Minority" includes: . .
(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African
racial groups not of Hispanic origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central
or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any
of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcon-
tinent, or the Pacific Islands); and .
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins
in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable
tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identi-
fication). ' -
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts
a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically
include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these
specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority
Page 3^
»
•
and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which
this contract resulted.
* •
3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Home-
town Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either
Individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on
all work in the Plan area (inluding goals and timetables) shall be in accor-
dance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the
Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and
compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or
Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to
comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith
effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has em-
ployees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontract-
ors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's
. or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan
goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards
provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set
forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as
percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and
female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each
construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Con-
tractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals
in each craft during the period specified.
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the
failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agree-
ment, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's
, - Page 35.
*
obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regula-
tions promulgated pursuant thereto.
6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees
to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be
employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor
must have made a commitment to .employ the apprentices and trainees at the
completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment oppor-
tunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved
by the U.S. Department of Labor.
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal
employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with
these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results
from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall
implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: _~ . -3a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, in-
timidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Con-
tractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible,
will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor
shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-
site supervisory personnel are av/are of and carry out the Contractor's obli-
gation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to
minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruit-
ment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment
sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have
employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organize-
• Page 36
k
*
tions responses. .
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers
of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female• • '
referral from a union, a recruitment source or coraumity organization and of ,
what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual
was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to
the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, -
this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with
whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union
or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has
not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Con-
tractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral
process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in
' -
training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women,
including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant
to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or
approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice
of these programs to the sources complied under 7b above.
f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the
policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in
assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in
any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it
in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy
with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at
least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards
Page 37
accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed^
g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative
action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any
responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment
decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory
personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initi-
ation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made
and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons
attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it
in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and
female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the
Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom
' -'the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. .. '
i Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and v/ritten, to minority,
female and community organizations, to schools with minority an'd female stu-
dents and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving
the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one
month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship
or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written
notifiactions to organizations such as the above, describing the openings,
screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process.
j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other
minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer
and vacation employment .to minority and female youth both on the site and in
other areas of a Contractor's workforce. .'
Page 38
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is
an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3.
1. ,Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least
of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and en-
courage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training,
etc., such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assign-
ments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by
continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to
ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these speci-
fications are being carried out.
n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated
except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities
shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for
subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers,
including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor
associations and other business associations.
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence
' to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action
obligations.
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which
assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations
(7a through 7p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-
union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor
is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more
C^ of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that
the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure
Page 39
that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women
in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflect-
ed in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a
good faith effort to meet its indivdual ,goals and timetables, and can provide ,
access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken
on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Con-
tractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be
a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a seperate single goal for women have been
established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employ-
ment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both
male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently*
the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular
group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though
.' • • -,..the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may
be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women
is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative
action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color,
religion, sex, or national origin.
t
11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or
firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation
of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including sus-
pension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be
imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its
. Page AO
4
** " ' ' + '
implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Pro-
grams. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties
shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as
>ft',i...
amended. .
13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications,
shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as
those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to
achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity.
If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order,
the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall
proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all
employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being
carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as,may be
>*»«• . - . •
required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at -Teast include
for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade,
union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social
security number, race, sex, status (e.g. mechanic, apprentice, trainee,
helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the
indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed.
Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form;
however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors
shall not be required to maintain separate records.
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the appli~
cation of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g.,
T^S*'"'
Page
CITY OF CARLSBAD
HARDING STREET COMMUNITY CENTER
CONTRACT NO. 1049
General Conditions
1. Scope of Work
The work covered by these specifications consists of fur-
nishing all labor, equipment, materials and performing all
work to remodel four existing buildings; construct on-site
improvements consisting of a parking lot, concrete walkways,
irrigation and landscaping; and remove an existing building
located on Harding Street at its intersection with Oak Avenue.
2. Plans and Specifications
A. Drawings; Drawings which form a part of the contract
documents and which accompany these specifications are
composed of 33 sheets as follows: D-l, L-l through L-5,
A-l through A-14, M-l through M-5 and E-l through E-6 and
SD-1 of Job No. 7712-B.
'B. Specifications; Specifications which form a part of the
contract documents consist of sections as listed in the
Table of Contents in the forepart of these specifications
C. Division of the Specifications; For convenience, these
specifications are arranged in several trade sections,
but such separation does not establish limits of work
required by any subcontract or trade. Terms of such
limitations are solely between the contractor* and sub-
contractors.
D. Reference to Drawings; Where the words "shown", "indi-
cated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of
similar import are used, it shall be.understood that ref-
erence is made, to the drawings accompanying these specifi
cations, unless stated otherwise.
E. Directions; Where the words "directed", "designated",
"selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall
be understood that the direction, designation, selection,
or similar import, of the Architect is intended, unless
stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of simi-
lar import shall be understood to mean "as required to
properly complete the work and as required and approved
by the Architect", unless stated otherwise.
F. Equals and Approvals; Where the words "equal", "approved
equal", "equivalent" and such words of similar import are
used, it shall be understood such words are followed by
the expression "in the opinion of the Architect", unless
Page
stated otherwise. Where the words "approved", "approval",
"acceptable", "acceptance", or words of similar import
are used, it shall be understood that the approval, ac-
ceptance, or similar import, of the Architect is intended.
G. Perform and Provide; The word "perform" shall be under-
stood to mean that the Contractor, at his/her expense,
shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment,
and further, including the furnishing and installing of
materials that are indicated, specified, or required, to
complete such performance. The word "provide" shall be
understood to mean that the Contractor, at his/her expense
shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and
ready for use, including furnishing of necessary labor,
materials, tools, equipment and transportation.
H. Language and Intent; The specification sections are
written in a modified brief style consistent with clarity.
In general, the words "the", "shall", "will" and "all"
are not used. 'Where such words as "perform", "install",
"erect", "test", or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that such words include the meaning
of the phrase, "the contractor shall". The requirements
indicated and specified apply to work of the same kind,
class and type, even though the word "all" is not stated.
Codes and Standards
A. Reference to codes, ordinances, regulations and standard
specifications refer to editions in effect as to date of
proposals. Abbreviations are used for agencies issuing
standard specifications as follows:
Agency Abbreviation
American Society for Testing Materials ASTM
U. S. Government Fed. Spec.
National Board of Fire Underwirters NBFU
American Institute of Steel Construction AISC
American Standards Association ASA
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. UL
Department of Commerce Standards CS
American Concrete Institute ACI
B. Standard specifications incorporated in the requirements
of the specifications by reference shall be those of the
latest edition at the time of receiving bids. It shall
be understood that the manufacturers or producers of ma-
terials so required either have such specifications avail-
able for reference or are fully -familiar with their require-
ments as pertaining to their product or material.
Page
4. Manufacturer's Instructions
Where installation of work is required in accordance with
the product manufacturer's directions, the Contractor shall
obtain and distribute the necessary copies of such instruc-
tions, including two copies to the Architect.
5. Internal Combustion Engines
All internal combustion engines used in the construction
shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use
on the project (with special attention to City noise control
ordinances).
6. Occupancy
City reserves the right to occupy buildings at any time
before completion, and such occupancy shall not constitute
final acceptance of any part of the work covered by this con-
tract.
7. City Inspectors
All work shall be under the observation of City inspectors.
Inspectors shall have free access to any or all parts of
work at any time. Contractor shall furnish inspectors with
such information as may be necessary to keep him/her fully
informed regarding progress and manner of work and character
of materials. Inspection of work shall not relieve Contractor
from any obligation to fulfill this contract.
8. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
Each and every provision of law and clause required by law
to be inserted in this contract shall be deemed to be in-
serted herein and the contract shall be read and enforced
as though it were included herein and, if through mistake
or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not
correctly inserted, then upon application of either party
the contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make
such insertion or correction.
9. Intent of Contract Documents
The Contractor, his/her subcontractors and materials sup-
pliers, shall provide and install the work as indicated,
specified and implied by the contract documents. Any items
of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential
to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Con-
tractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents.
In all instances throughout the life of the Contract, the
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the contract
documents and the City's decision relative to said intent
will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to
Page
apprise his subcontractors and materials suppliers of this
condition of the contract and will.not relieve him/her of
the responsbility of compliance.
10. Substitution of Materials
The proposal of the bidder shall be in strict conformity
with the drawings and specifications and based upon the
items indicated or specified. The Contractor may offer a
substitution for any material, apparatus, equipment or pro-
cess indicated or specified by patent or proprietary names
or by names of manufacturer, which he/she considers equal in
every respect to those indicated or specified. The offer
made in writing shall include proof of the State Fire Mar-
shal's approval (if required), all necessary information,
specifications and data. If required, the Contractor, at
his/her own expense, shall .have the proposed substitute ma-
terial, apparatus, equipment or process, tested as to its
quality and strength, its physical, chemical or other char-
acteristics, and its durability, finish, or efficiency, by
a testing laboratory as selected by the City. If the sub-
stitute offered is not deemed to be equal to that so indicated
or specified, then the Contractor shall furnish, erect, or
install the material, apparatus, equipment or process in-
dicated or specified.
11. Record Drawings
Contractor shall provide arid maintain at the project site
one complete set of white background prints of all mechanical
and electrical drawings which form a part of the contract.
Immediately after the work is installed, Contractor shall
carefully draw on these prints all work which is installed
at variance with the work as indicated on the drawings and
locate by measured dimensions to building corners or to
other permanent monuments, the location and depth of all
underground utility distribution. Upon completion of the
work, Contractor shall deliver the set of correct prints to
the City in good condition with every change in the work
indicated thereon.
12. Permits
The general construction, electrical and plumbing permits
will be issued by the City of Carlsbad at no charge to the
Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for all other re-
quired licenses and fees.
13. Allowed Construction Time
The amount of time allowed for the completion of construction
of this work is 180 calendar days. No extension of time will
be allowed.
Page 45
SECTION 02100 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURE
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ^T^H/t
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Alterations in Existing Structure, including
Patching and Repair work related thereto, complete.
2. Remove entire existing structure at the new Parking Area,
including foundation system and serving utilities (and cap same).
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Filling of holes and depressions in earth resulting from
work of this Section 02100, in Section 02220.
2. Detail Requirements for New Work related to Patching and
Repair work, in Division 2 through 10.
3. Detail Requirements for Mechanical Work in Division 15.
4. Detail Requirements for Electrical Work in Division 16.
5. Such finish, equipment, furniture and other in-place work
of value to or desired by the Owner will be removed by the Owner
prior to the Notice to Proceed is issued.
^C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS '"***'
1. Division 1.
2. Detail Requirements for New York, in Divisions 2 through
10, as related to Patching and Repairing under this Section 02100.
II. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Existing Conditions:
a. The Drawings show general information only. It shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine' the site to
determine the exact existing conditions and character and extent
of the work to be performed and operations required.
b. The failure or omission of any Bidder to visit the site
and acquaint himself with the existing conditions shall in no way
relieve him from obligations with respect to his Bid or to his
Contract. The submission of a bid shall be taken as evidence of
compliance with this requirement. s*^
^/
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02100-1
Page 46
2. Existing Utilities:
a. Existing underground lines shown on the Drawings are
shown from best possible information available and shall be verified
prior to commencing work of this Section.
b. -Work under this Section shall not proceed until all
utilities to be abandoned or serving facilities to be removed have
been disconnected.
3. Barricades and Work Area:
a. The Limits of Work on the existing site are shown on •
the Drawings. Provide barricades (in accordance with General
Conditions and as indicated on the Drawings), warnings (signs and
lighting), and maintenance and supervision thereof, in accordance
with applicable Federal, State and Local Codes or Bodies (including
CAL-OSHA) and their respective requirements, or as may be directed
by the Owner from time to time. Confine all work within such
"Limits of Work" lines, including ingress, egress, storage and all
other related operations. Do not commence work until all barricades
and warnings are in place.
4. Equipment: The use of proper plant and equipment is the
responsibility of the Contractor.
5. Disposition of Materials:
a. All removed material resulting from the work of this
Section is the property of the Contractor (except for items or
(^ work or materials specifically noted to be reused in the new con-
struction) and shall be promptly removed to a legal disposal area.
b. Stockpiling of removed materials on the project site
will not be permitted, without written approval of the Owner.
c. On-site storage or sale of Contractor's salvageable
material is prohibited.
6. Protection of Property:
a. Repairs to existing work: If any work, existing or in-
place, is cut, damaged or altered during work under this Section,
unless specifically required to be cut, altered or removed (or
requiring same to accommodate new work), promptly repair or replace
(in the opinion of or as directed by the Owner, whose decision will
be final) in kind, to a condition as good as existed before the
Project was started, at no extra cost to the Owner.
b. Shoring: Provide and maintain as required by applicable
regulations for safety.
c. Protection of active utilities: Preserve in operating
condition all active utilities traversing or within and about
¥"*"* existing structures and other work which is to remain on the site,%«*<•
HARDING'STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02100-2
V
Page A?
or re-route in accordance with Divisions 15 and 16; protect all
such property and items, including but not limited to piping, con-
duits, drains, mains, laterals, catch basins, valve boxes, meters
and other appurtenances and structures. Promptly repair any
damage to such utility or work due to work under this Contract, to
the satisfaction of the Owner or the Owning Utility or Municipal
Bodies having jurisdiction, at no extra cost to the Owner.
d. Existing vegetation which is to remain: Protect turf,
lawn, planting, trees, shrubs, ground cover, other vegetation and
their root systems in an acceptable manner. If damage to such
occurs, the Contractor at his own expense shall employ a qualified
tree surgeon or landscape firm to bring back to original condition,
or replace in kind with new material, if so directed by the Owner.
e. Weather protection and security: During work of this
Section, provide and maintain acceptable weather and security pro-
tection by means of plywood-sheets over existing exterior wall
openings where doors or windows have been removed; leave in place
until openings have been closed.
f. Personnel traffic: Provide and maintain acceptable
protected personnel ingress and egress from all portions of the
site. Conform to all District, Federal, State and Local Safety
requirements, including CAL-OSHA, or as may be required by the
Owner. .
7. Noise Abatement and Dust Palliation:
a. Noist abatement: Noise shall be kept at a reasonable
level (in the opinion of the Owner) as related to specific items
of equipment used, and their hours of use. This does not preclude
use of mechanical equipment such as jack hammers, power-driven
.fasteners, etc.
b. Dust palliation: During course of this work, keep dust
and dirt from blowing or spreading by means of watering down at
regular intervals, and as directed by the Owner.
B. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
1. Existing Work to be Demolished and Removed (except as
modified hereinafter, including but not limited to):
a. Above, at and below grade structure, of concrete,
masonry, wood, stucco, metal, and other types of construction* includ
ing shrine and existing structure at new parking area (see I.B.I).
b. Site improvements: including walks, walls, paving,
curbs, Portland cement concrete and asphalt flatwork, planters,
drives, curb breaks, equipment of various materials, and other
miscellaneous construction.
c. Organic material: including trees, shrubs, ground cover,
turf, and their entire root systems, whether dead or alive, except
as otherwise shown or specified to be re-located or to remain.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02100-3
Page 48
2. Cutting and Patching of Existing Work (where designated or
as required to accommodate adjoining New Work, including but not
limited to):
a. Asphalt, Portland cement, concrete, masonry, tile:
Use saws to establish straight line cuts along or around perimeters
of areas to be removed, supplemented by jack hammers as required.
Cut and remove masonry and tile in "toothed" method, to nearest
joints. Leave cut edges sound, plumb and free from loose or
spalled faces, with sufficient exposed aggregate to provide bond
with new work or patching or repairing or finishing.
b. New openings and filling-in of existing openings in
wood frame construction: Remove trims and frames at existing
openings. Use saws at stucco, plaster and gypsum wallboard finish
(walls and ceilings) to establish straight line cuts around peri-
meters of areas to be removed, to such lines as required to provide
double studs with trim studs to receive new headers at new openings
and leave cut edges sound, plumb and free from loose or spalled
faces.
c. Sheet metal: Cut with tin scissors and lift back cut
edges 4 inches.
d. Deleted
e. Carpet: Cut with knives along straight or shaped
edges; clean exposed substrata to sound surfaces, free of deleter-
ious material.
f. Resilient flooring: Remove to edges of existing tiles
which are to remain. Use mechanical items or equipment to remove
existing tiles; no solvents will be permitted.
g. Painted existing work to be re-painted: Refer to
Section 09910.
h. Unpainted existing work to be painted: Refer to
Section 09910.
i. Doors and Hardware: Where noted for re-use, carefully
remove existing items, wrap and identify hardware and identify
doors for re-use.
j. Mechanical and Electrical work, and appurtenances:
Refer to Division 15 and 16. •
3. Joinery between Existing and New Work:
a. Joints between existing and new work: Joinery at
masonry, concrete, stucco, paint and like finish at in-place surfaces
shall not be visible when viewed at right angles at a distance of
10 feet. The Owner, whose decisions will be final, will be the
sole judge of this requirement.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 02100-4
Page
.b. Asphalt concrete: Refer to Section 02640.
c. Portland cement concrete: Refer to Division 3.
'.END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02100-5
Page 50
SECTION 02111 . . EXTERIOR CONCRETE
FLATWQRK-
r" I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS'%,,,•<•
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Exterior Concrete Flatwork (walking, patio, shuffle-
board, etc.) complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS '
1. Division 1; .
2. Sections 03300 and 03301.
II. PRODUCTS
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Materials conform to Sections 63300, 03301,as applicable to
this Section 02111. All Exterior flatwork concrete shall be air-
entrained.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Installation. Conform to Sections 03300, 03301,as applicable
to this Section Q21U..
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02111-1
Page 51
SECTION 02220 EARTHWORK
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Earthwork, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Trenching, Excavating and Backfilling for Landscape Planting
and Landscape Irrigation in Sections 02850 and 02851.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
D. PLANT, EQUIPMENT
"••"^>M^M^BB^MMMM^B^HM ^
1. Requirement: As selected by the Contractor, at his sole
responsiblity, as suitable for and capable of performing the required
work.
II. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS, FOR STRUCTURES ~y1. Excavation: Excavate to lines, grades, and elevations re- "-'
quired. Allow space for base course form work, waterproofing and
work of like nature requiring extra side excavation. If unauthorized
excavations for foundation work are made deeper than indicated, fill
with same concrete as specified for foundation work; if unauthorized
excavations for other work (including base course work) are made
deeper than indicated, fill to proper lines and levels with coarse,
fresh water sand at optimum moisture content, at Contractor's
expense. Excavations to greater depths than shown may be ordered
by the Owner to reach satisfactory soil conditions and such addi-
tional costs will be paid by the Owner.
2. Backfill: Do no backfilling until approval of the Owner
is obtained for each specific location; use only approved clean and
select material, from site excavations or imported from an area
approved by the Owner; do not use rocks or clods over 6 inches in
greatest dimension, or perishable, spongy, expansive, or otherwise
improper material.
3. Filling, Backfilling: Place material in layers which will
not exceed 6 inches in compacted thickness, move equipment evenly
over entire surface of each layer, so ruts or pockets are not
.formed. Obtain density of 90 percent throughout, except, compact
the upper 6 inches to 95 percent density below all asphalt or **\
Portland cement concrete paving and flatwork. "Puddling" or "soakii*yJ
will not be permitted; conform to Section 02230 for soil compaction
control.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 02220-1
Page 52
a. Fine grade to bring areas to required lines and grades,
with a maximum deviation from the required elevations plus or minus
0.10 foot; slope finish grades to drain surface water away from
buildings.
B. REQUIREMENTS FOR UTILITIES':
1. Excavate for piping and conduit along straight lines, with
changes in direction compatible with respective lines; excavate for
other structure to lines and depths indicated or required. Machine
excavation will be acceptable for straight runs. Changes in
direction shall be hand-trimmed. Bottoms of trenches and space for
fittings shall be trimmed by hand excavation, to give piping and
conduit full length bearing. Width of trench shall be a minimum of
18 inches Cor 12 inches wider than buried member). Keep bottoms
of excavations"dry.
2. Notice: Do not cover (backfill) until piping or conduit
or other structure have been inspected, tested and approved for
burial or backfilling.
3. Placing, Piping, Conduits:
a. Lay all piping and conduits, except high voltage cable
or conduit, directly on earth.
b. Place high voltage cable or conduit in a concrete
envelope a minimum of 4 inches thick all around, with sufficient
color additive in concrete to produce an acceptable red color.
4. Burial, Backfilling: Soil material shall conform to re-
quirements of Section 02220. Place and compact material in a
manner which will not displace or damage lines. Use select material
removed from respective trenches, with clods or lumps broken up and
rocks over 6 inches in greatest dimension removed. Place predomi-
nantly fine material along sides of lines and under lines to produce
a firm and uniform -mass, fully supporting and positioning such lines.
Then above all lines, place backfill in lift thickness appropriate
to the type of compaction equipment utilized and compacted to a
minimum uniform 90 percent density by mechanical means. In all
building areas the upper portion of the backfill to a depth equal
to 1.5 times the trench width, shall be compacted to a minimum
uniform 95 percent density .by mechanical means. In paving or flat-
work areas, that portion of the trench backfill within the pavement
section shall conform to the material and compaction of the adjacent
.paving or flatwork section.
5. Leave entire graded portions of the site "rake-clean". Pick
up, transport, and place excess earth as compacted fill in on-site
areas as directed by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02220-2
Page 53
SECTION 02245 . BASE COURSE, SAND (WITH
VAPOR BARRIER), FOR CONCRETE
t
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS^
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Sand Base Course with Vapor Barrier work,
complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Excavating and Backfilling for Structures and Excavating
Trenching and Backfilling for underground utilities and final fine
grade and compaction of areas to receive this base course and vapor
barrier, in Section 02220.
2. Base Course for Asphalt Paving, in Section 02640.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS - '
,1. Base Course: Fresh water sand, uniformly graded between 100
percent passing a No. 8 sieve and not more than 2 percent passing a
No. 100 sieve, clean and free from deleterious matter.
2. Vapor Barrier: Minimum 6 mil thickness, with compatible
adhesive, as manufactured by:
a. American Cyanamid Co. "Wascoseal".
b.. Afco Products Inc. "Vi-Seal".
c. Sandell Mfg. Co., Inc. "Sandell Plastic Flashing".
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. After screeds and stakes are in place, and subgrade is prop-
erly prepared and at optimum moisture content, apply the vapor barrier.
a. Apply vapor barrier with 4-inch side and end laps in
adhesive, turned up 12-inches at perimeters, and turned up not less
than 12-inches at pipe, conduit, duct or other vertical projections
through vapor barrier. Repair all breaks by applying an extra layer
of vapor barrier extending 12-inches beyond such' breaks in all
directions.
2. Spread 4-inch thick layer of base course over the membrane,
and bring to optimum moisture content just prior to placing concretes*
and reinforcement therefor. •
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 02245-1
Page
SECTION 02600 • OFF SITE WORK
i. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
"" r-*--LJ ---' - - -L -1 H
1. Provide all Off Site work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1. '
2. Regional Standard Drawings and Standard Specifications for
Public Works Constructions as applicable to this Section.
3. Respective Utility Company requirements as applicable to
this Section.
II. PRODUCTSr EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Regional Standard Drawings: Conform to those designated on
the Project Drawings.
2. Standard Specifications for Public Works Constructions:
Conform to those applicable to the designated Standard Drawings.
3. Utility Company Requirements: • Conform to those applicable
to this Project, also Divisions 15 and 16.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02600-1
Page 55
SECTION 02612 . PAVING STRIPING, LEGENDS
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Paving Striping, Legend and Painting work,
complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Properly completed surfaces to which traffic paint is to. be
applied in Sections 02640 or 03300.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS •
1. Division 1.
2. City of San Diego Regional Standard Drawings and Standard
Specifications for Public Works Constructions, as applicable to work
of this Section.
3. Manufacturer's Data.
D. QUALITY CONTROL - . '•''..
1. Allow seal coat on asphalt to cure 48 hours prior to placing
traffic paint.
2. Allow traffic paint to dry for 24 hours prior to allowing
traffic (other than foot traffic) to cross over paint.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Traffic Paint:
a. White - Bauer No. 1402-A9, or Sinclair No. 60, or an
approved equivalent.
b. Yellow - Bauer No. 1404-A9, No. 1405-A9, or Sinclair
No. 62, or an approved equivalent.
c. Red - Bauer No. 716-A9 or Sinclair No. 61 or an approved
equivalent.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Layout - make precise layout of lines and symbols.
2. Application - do not apply paint to wet surfaces or during
windy weather condition. Use acceptable spray method. Apply at
rate of 1 gallon per'100 square feet. Remove ragged edges and
spill or over-spray immediately •
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02612-1
Page 56
SECTION 02640 ASPHALT PAVING
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED: Provide all Asphalt Paving work complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Paving Striping and Legends, in Section 02612.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Standard Specification (State of California, Business and
Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation, Standard
Specification 1975) applicable as specified herein.
a. Modification to Standard Specification
(1) Wherever the term "Commission" or "Department occurs,
it shall mean the "Owner."
(2) Wherever the term "Director" or "Executive Officer"
or "Engineer" occurs, it shall mean the "Owner."
(3) All references to statistical testing shall be
deleted.
(4) All references to measurement and payment shall be
deleted.
p. QUALITY' ASSURANCE •
1. Flood test with water. Fill low spots, in excess of 0.10
foot along a 10-foot straightedge, by Standard Specification overlay
method. Clean and prepare surfacing, apply tack coat, place and
compact surfacing, with slight crown.
2. Provide written guarantee covering soil treatment for a
period of two years.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Base Course - Standard Specification, Section 26, Class 2,
3/4-inch maximum size.
2. Soil Treatment - U.S. Borax & Chemical Corp. "Polybor-
Chlorate 88", tinted.
3. Paving - Standard Specification, Section 39, Type A (hot
plant mix), except use 60-70 grade asphalt and 1/2-inch maximum size
coarse aggregate for surfacing.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 02640-1
Page 57
4. Seal Coat - emulsified asphalt a'nd sand screenings (1/4 to
10 size) .No. 10 size) .
III. EXECUTION
.
A. SUB-GRADE; Conform to Standard Specification, except scarify
and compact only the top 6 inches.
B. ^ BASE COURSE; Standard Specification, Section 26, to be compacted
thickness (es) shown .
C. SOIL TREATMENT; Apply in solution, 2 pounds per gallon of water
at rate of 1-1/2 gallons per 100 square feet, upon areas to receive
asphalt paving.
D . PAVING ; Apply in a single course, to lines, grades, and eleva-
tions required to provide positive drainage to designated outfalls.
E . BERMS ; Form by machine.
W^WW^B*^_^B^M_«m« ^
F. CLEAN-UP ; Sweep clean and remove debris to an off-site legal
disposal area.
G. SEAL COAT;
1. Surfaces to receive seal coat shall be clean and in such con-
dition that the asphalt emulsion will penetrate and adhere to the
paving .
2. Provide masking and other protective measures at adjacent -^
structure.
3. Apply the asphalt emulsion by use of an approved power-
spraying device at the uniform rate of 0.10 gallon per square yard
of surface.
4. Immediately following the spraying device, spread sand at
the uniform rate of 10 pounds per square yard of surface. Broom
drag until "refusal" point, then roll once with power roller.
5. Do not. allow traffic on seal coated areas until curing
period has elapsed, generally up to 4 days. Thereafter use power
brooms to sweep up excess sand, and remove same from site to a legal
disposal area.
i
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02640-2
C
Page 58
SECTION 02850 • LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Landscape Irrigation work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
1. Water service to points of connection, in Division 15.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. The Standard Drawings referred to herein shall be the
Regional Standard Drawings, December 1975. 1-1 to 1-28 series.
D. REQUIREMENTS
1. Notify the Owner in writing if unusual conditions are
observed or encountered which might affect the installation of the
irrigation systems, or if existing conditions are found to be
different than those indicated,,
E. SUBMITTALS
1. Tools: Supply, prior to final inspection, the following
tools: Two wrenches for disassembling and adjusting each type of
sprinkler head supplied.
2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish four (4)
individually bound copies Operation and Maintenance Manuals. These
manuals shall describe the material installed and shall be in
sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to understand, oper-
ate and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related
manufacturer identification shall be included for each installed
equipment item. Each complete, bound manual shall contain the
following information:
a. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone
number, duration of guarantee period, and list of equipment with
names and addresses of local manufacturer's representative.
b. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all
major equipment.
F. RECORD DRAWINGS
1. Record all changes in the work constituting departures from
the contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and non-
pressure lines.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02850-1
Page 59
2. Show location and depth of the following items:
Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension maximum 100
feet along routing)
Gate valves . '
Sprinkler control valves "
Routing of control wires
Other related equipment
G. CONTROLLER CHARTS
1. As-built drawings shall be approved by Owner before charts
are prepared.
2. Provide one controller chart for each controller which
controls the work under this contract. "
3. The chart shall show the area controlled by the automatic
controller and shall be the maximum size controller door will allow.
4. The chart is to be a reduced drawing of the actual as-built
system. However, in the event the controller sequence is not
legible when the drawing is reduced, it shall be enlarged to a
size that will be readable when reduced.
5. Chart shall be blackline print and shall be colored with a
'different color for each station.
6. The chart shall be mounted using Velcro, or an approved
equal type of tape. •
^.
7. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically
sealed between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum of
ten (10) mils thick.
8. These charts shall be completed and approved prior to final
inspection of the irrigation system.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Plastic Pipe and Fittings:
a. All pipe shall be extruded of an improved P.V.C. pipe
compound, featuring high tensile strength, high chemical resistance
and high impact strength, meeting the requirements of ASTM standard
D 1785 and D 2241. All pipe must bear the following markings:
Manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, pressure
rating in psi, and NSF (National Sanitation Foundation). The
"manufacturer shall also mark the date of extrusion on the pipe.
b. Solvent cement joints for plastic pipe and fittings wi
be made as prescribed by manufacturer. The high chemical resistance,,^/
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER .. 0285Q-2
Page 60
of the pipe and fitting compounds specified in the foregoing sections
makes it mandatory that an aggressive primer, which is a true solvent
for P.V.C., be used in conjunction with a solvent cement designed
for the fit of pipe and" fittings of each size range specified.
'' c. All plastic fittings shall-be Type I/II, P.V.C. Schedule
"*""* 40. Preference shall be given those suppliers able to furnish all
types of fittings required from a,single manufacturer, in order that
responsibility will not be divided in warrantee claim situations.
All fittings shall be injection molded of an improved P.V.C. fitting
compound featuring high tensile; strength, high chemical resistance
and high impact strength, meeting the requirements of the current
ASTM Standard D 1785. Where threads are required in plastic fittings,
these shall be injection molded also. All fittings shall bear the
company's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable
I.P.S. schedule, and the NSF seal of approval.
2. Copper Pipe and Fittings:
a. Copper pipe shall be type L, hard tempered ASTM B 88.
b. Copper fittings shall be wrotsolder joint type in
accordance with ASA B16 22.
c. Joints shall be soldered with silver solder. 45% silver,
15% copper, 16% zinc, 24% cadmium, and solidus at 1125°F. and
liquidus at 1145°F., conforming to specifications ASTM B206-52T
Bag-1 and-Federal QQB 00655.
3. Brass and Pipe Fittings:
a. Brass pipe shall be 85% red brass pipe, American
National Standard Institute (ANSI) Schedule 40 screwed pipe.
b. Brass fittings shall be medium brass, screwed, 125
pound class. \
4. Galvanized Pipe and Fittings:
a. Pipe shall be galvanized steel pipe, American National
Standard Institute (ANSI) Schedule 40 galvanized, mild steel,
screwed pipe.
b. Fittings shall be medium galvanized, screwed beaded,
malleable iron, and/or 1125 cast iron, flanged.
c. All unions two (2) inches and smaller shall be fround
joint pattern. Unions larger than two (2) inches shall be flanged
unions, packed with 1/16-inch thick asbestos fiber gaskets.
d. Install no bushings, close nipples, long screws, bull-
•head tees or crosses, unless otherwise specified.
5. Direct Burial Control Wire:P***-
W a. All control wire shall be of the Underwriter's Laboratory
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02850-3
Page 61
type UF (underground feeder), single conductor, solid copper,
plastic insulated, 600 volt rated, for direct burial applications.
Maximum conductor operating temperature, 60°C., for both wet and
dry locations.
b. Neutral (common ground) wire shall be AWG #12 (minimum),
and pilot (valve control) wire shall be AWG #14 (minimum). All
common ground wires shall be white and all valve control wires red
or black. Maximum length of wire runs shall be per sprinkler manu-
facturer's recommended wire chart.
6. Automatic Control Valves (Electric):
a. All automatic control valves shall be globe or angle
pattern, electrically controlled hydraulically operated, single
seat, normally closed.
b. The valves shall- be actuated by a normally closed
solenoid valve operator using 24 volts, 60 'cycle, AC. The wires in
the coil of the solenoid shall be embedded in epoxy resin. The
entire solenoid shall be enclosed in a watertight housing. Valves
shall automatically close in event of electrical power failure.
c. All automatic control valves shall have a flow control
device for manually adjusting the amount of flow of water through
the valve. The flow control device shall be adjusted so that
the pressure at the nozzle of the sprinkler head farthest from the
automatic control valve shall be that as specified on the approved
Plans. The pressure at the sprinkler head shall be measured by
means of a pilot pressure gauge while the sprinkler head is
operating. <**
d. 'Automatic control valves shall be constructed of bronze
or brass, with stainless steel springs and screens, and composition
material (neoprene) seals and seat washers. Valve stems shall
have bronze cross handles.
e. All automatic control valves shall be equipped with an
all brass petcock for manual operation control.
f. Automatic control valves shall be set upright and
housed in meter boxes with a lockable top. The identification
number of the valve and clock shall be painted on the inside cover
of the meter box. The paint shall be a waterproof paint.
g. One valve box key shall be furnished for each six or
less valve boxes installed.
7. Gate Valves:
a. Gate valves shall be designed for a minimum working
pressure of not less than 150 pounds per square inch. Valves shall
have screwed joints and brass bodies.
,<•»»»,
b. Valves shall have joints conforming to the material in
which they are being installed and shall be opened by turning
counterclockwise.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 02850-4
Rage 62
c. The operating unit shall be 2-inch square and have an
arrow cast in the metal indicating the direction of opening. Valve
shall have iron body, be bronze mounted, and shall conform to
American Water Works Standards.
8. Sprinkler Heads:
a. Sprinkler heads shall be of the types and sizes, with
the diameter (or radius) of throw, pressure, discharge and any other
designations necessary to determine the types and sizes as indicated
on the Plans.
b. All sprinkler heads of a particular type or function in
the system shall be of the same manufacture and shall be marked with
the manufacturer's name and model number.
III. EXECUTION
A. WATER SUPPLY AND LAYOUT
1. Connect to irrigation water supply at the location shown on
the Plans. Layout sprinkler heads and make any minor adjustments
required due to differences between the site and the drawings. The
layout is to be approved by the Owner and Landscape Architect before
installation. The routing of irrigation lines is diagrammatic and
minor changes are permitted.
B. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
1. Trenching:
a. Dig trenches and support pipe continuously on bottom of
ditch. Lay pipe to an even grade. Trenching, excavation shall
follow layout indicated on drawings and as noted.
b. Provide minimum cover of 20 inches on all pressure
supply lines.
c. Provide minimum cover of 18 inches for all control wires.
d. Provide minimum cover of 15 inches for all other non-
pressure lines.
2. Backfilling:
a. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular
material, with no foreign matter larger than 1/2 inch in size.
b. Backfill material shall be tamped under the pipe, uni-
formly on both sides of the pipe, for the full width of the trench,
and to the horizontal diameter of the full length of the pipe. Tamp
in 4 inch layers. Materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit
,»«*•'•-••.
W
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02850-5
Page 63
thorough compaction under and on each side of pipe/ to provide
support free of voids.
c. Backfill for trenching shall be compacted to dry density
equal to the adjacent undisturbed soil, and shall conform to the
adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps, or other
irregularities.
d. Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used for
compacting soil.
C. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
1. Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be installed in a manner so
as to provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the
manufacturer. .
2. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall lay free in the trench
with no induced strain. Where there is evidence of induced pipe
strain, the Contractor shall be required to make pipe cuts and
install angle fittings as necessary to eliminate the strain.
3. All polyvinyl chloride pipe with solvent-weld joints shall
be snaked at least six (6) inches each 20 feet.
4. The Contractor will be required to remove and replace any
fitting which induces a torque strain to the pipe.
5. Concrete thrust blocks shall be installed on plastic pipe
pressure systems using Bell End and Ring joints whenever an abrupt
change of alignment occurs.
6. All plastic to plastic joints except ring joints shall be
solvent-weld joints. The solvent and the jointing procedure
recommended by the pipe manufacturer shall be used.
7. Care should be taken so as not to use an excess amount of
solvent, thereby causing a burr or obstruction to form on the in-
sides of the pipe.
8. The joints shall be allowed to set at least 24 hours for
P.V.C. Type II material and 48 hours for P.V.C. Type I material
before pressure is' applied to the system.
9. All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 4 inches from
each other, and 6 inches from lines of other trades. Parallel lines
shall not be installed directly over one another.
D. AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
1. Automatic control valves shall be installed as indicated
on the Plans.
E. DIRECT BURIAL CONTROL WIRE
1. The wire shall be tied with a plastic tape every ten feet
to the side of the nearest pipe. Where it is not practical to run
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02850-6
Page 6*4
along a pipe, the wire shall be installed in a separate trench.
2. An alternate method of protecting the direct burial wire is
running the wire through a P.V.C. conduit in a trench 12 inches deep.
?-.•••*-•
3. All Wire Splicing shall take place in the valve boxes and/or
pull boxes. All splices shall be made with a mechanical connector
encased in a self-curing epoxy resin which provides a permanint
watertight connection.
4. All direct burial control wires shall be identified as to
their respective valve number and controller clock letter at all
wire terminations. Labels and tags shall be used for identification
which are not affected by moisture or temperatures between minus
30° F. and plus 200° F. The labels and tags shall be resistant to
abrasion, dirt, grease, and chemicals used in lawn fertilizers and
conditioners. The labels and tags shall be firmly attached to the
wire in every case. Examples of nomenclature of tags or labels are
as follows:
Neutral (common ground) wire = "Neutral" Clock "A"
Pilot (valve control) wire = "A.V.C. No. 1" Clock "A"
Spare wire = Spare Clock "A"
F. SPRINKLER HEADS
1. Install sprinkler heads as designated on the Drawings.
2. Sprinkler heads shall be installed only after testing and
/"*- flushing of the systems has been accomplished as specified herein.W
G. GATE VALVES
1. Gate valves installed underground, except those in utility
boxes, shall have an operating key access housing, consisting of a
galvanized iron pipe or P.V.C. pipe sleeve and a heavy duty Bronze
Lock Cap with the word "Water" cast in the top. The gate valve
hand wheel shall be removed from the stem of all valves installed
underground. The wheel shall be replaced with a standard bronzs
cross handle.
2. One operating key shall be furnished for each five (or less)
gate valves installed underground.
H. FLUSHING AND TESTING
1. All irrigation piping shall hydrostatically tested by the
Contractor in the presence of the Owner.
2. The testing shall be conducted after pipe has been installed
with backfilling only partially completed so that joints and con-
'nections are left uncovered for visual inspection during the test.
All risers shall be capped during the test.
'w 3. The procedure for testing shall be as follows:
HARDING STREET nrMrTiT'i ~~
COMMUNITY CENTER UK G NAI 02850-7
Page 65
a. The Contrator shall flush and fill the pipe system or
sprinkler battery being tested, making sure all trapped air is
removed.
b. The test pump, pressure gauges, and shut-off valves
be connected.
* c. A minimum test pressure of 150 psi for pressure lines
and 100 psi for battery lines shall be reached. The system shall
then be isolated from the source of pressure. The test pressure
shall be held for one (1) hour.
t
4. There shall be no leakage or loss of pressure. If there is
any sign of leakage or failure at any point on the line, the test
shall be discontinued until same has been repaired.
5. At the conclusion of the pressure test, the irrigation heads
and quick coupling valves shall be installed in the following manner:
The riser nearest the control valve, or gate valve shall be uncapped,
and a full head of water shall be used for at least thirty (30)
seconds to flush out the risers. The irrigation head or quick
coupler valve shall then be placed in position on the riser. The
cap on the next closest riser shall be removed and the preceding
procedure used. This procedure shall continue until the most
distant riser in the piping system or sprinkler battery has been
flushed and the quick coupling valve or irrigation head installed.
6. Sprinkler heads shall be tested under normal operating
pressure.
7. All controller clocks shall be tested in the presence of
Owner through a five-minute cycle for each sprinkler battery.
8. All direct burial control wire installed shall be tested
in the following manner:
a. Before any backfill material is placed over the control
wires in the trench, the wires shall be tested with a megger for
insulation resistance. Minimum insulation resistance to ground
shall be fifty (50) megohms. Any conductor not meeting this re-
quirement shall be replaced.
b. After sand backfill encasement and during the final
inspection, the wires shall again be tested with a megger in the
presence of the Owner. The minimum acceptable insulation resis-
tance to ground on this test shall be one (1) megohm. Any conductor
not meeting this requirement shall be replaced.
I. FINAL INSPECTION
1. A final inspection of the work shall be made by the Owner
in the presence of the Contractor, at a time when all work is com-
pleted. Notification shall be made in writing by the Contractor
seven (7) days in advance of such inspection. No inspection will
commence without as-built drawings. •
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02850-8
Page 66
2. The Contractor shall immediately correct any and/or all
deficiencies noted during the inspection and when corrective action
is completed notify the Owner as specified above.
J. CLEAN UP
1. The .Contractor, upon completion of the work, shall remove
all rubbish, debris, etc., and shall level the ground surface to
remove any depressions and fill all sunken areas or other irregu-
larities.
END OF SECTION
_ ,
*"* HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 02850-9
Page 6?
SECTION 02851 • LANDSCAPE PLANTING
I. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
*
1. Provide all Landscape Planting work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
C. SUMBITTAL5 '
1. Submit: Certificate of Inspection of plant material by
State of California, Department of Agriculture.
D. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1. Deliver fertilizer to site in original unopened containers
bearing manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade
name, trademark, and conformance to State Law.
2. Deliver Weed Control material with labels attached.
3. Deliver Lawn Seed with identifying labels attached.
4. Deliver plants with legible identification labels. Label
containers of like trees, shrubs, or ground cover plants. State --'
correct plant name and size indicated on Plant List. Use durable
waterproof labels with water resistant ink which will remain legible
for at least sixty (60) days.
5. Protect during delivery to prevent damage to root balls or
dessication of leaves.
6. Notify Owner of delivery schedule in advance so plant
material may be inspected upon arrival at job site.
7. Remove unacceptable plant material immediately from job site.
8. Storage: Store in shade and protect from weather.
9. Handling: Do not drop plants. Do not pick up container or
bailed plants by stems or trunks.
10. Acceptance of materials to be used on job: When materials
such as plants, fertilizer, soil, soil amendments, etc. are brought
on the job, they must be accepted as meeting specifications or
'rejected within a reasonable time. If the Inspector allows their
use on the job, this constitutes acceptance as meeting the contract
requirements. ^n%3
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-1
Page 68
E. JOB CONDITIONS '
1. Perform actual planting only when weather and soil conditions
are suitable and in accordance with approval of the Owner.
2. Before commencing any work, provide the necessary protection
of the public and workmen in or around the site.
#
F. GUARANTEE
1. Guarantee all plant material through specified establishment
period.
2. Replacement plants under this guarantee shall be guaranteed
for 90 days from time of acceptance. Material and labor involved
in replacing plant material shall be supplied by the Contractor at
no additional expense to the Owner.
G. SCHEDULING
1. Install trees, shurbs, and ground cover plants before lawns
are installed.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Plants: True to botanical and common name and variety
according to American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature,
Standardized Plant Names.
a. Quality and size of plants shall be according to Calif-
ornia State Department of Agriculture's "Regulations for Nursery
Inspections of Rules and Grading" . All plants shall have a normal
habit of growth and shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, and free
from insect infestations, diseases, sun scalds, fresh abrasions of
the bark, and other objectionable disfigurements. All plants shall
have well-developed branch and root systems which are not root -
bound. No plant will be accepted if the root ball is broken or
cracked, either before or during installation.
2. Substitution: All plants shall be of the species, variety,
size and condition as specified herein and/or as indicated on
drawings. Under no condition will there be any substitution of
plant species variety, or reduced size for those listed, except
with the express written consent of the Owner. Increased container
sizes may be used but such use shall not increase Contract price.
Plant substitutes may be permitted if valid proof is submitted that
any plant specified is not obtainable. In such cases, a proposal
will be considered for use of nearest equivalent sizes and/or
'varieties available with an equitable adjustment in Contract price
if deemed necessary in opinion of the Owner.
3. Pruning prior to delivery: Do not prune, trim, or top
plants prior to delivery except with the express consent and under
direction of the Owner.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-2
Page 69
4. Right of Inspection is reserved "by the Owner at all times.
5. Planting Tablets shall be tightly compressed chip type
commercial grade planting tablets, weighing 21 grams with the
following available percentages by weight of plant food:
Nitrogen 20%
Phosphoric acid 10%
Potash 5%
Damaged tablets will not be accepted.
6. Ferto Fertilizer 6-4-2: A balanced blend of humus,
minerals, nitrogen, phosphorus and potash. Chemical analysis:
Water soluble nitrogen 6%
Phosphorus 4%
Soluble Potash 2%
7. Ferto Fertilizer (Humizer 10-5-2): A concentrated liquid
humus that is extracted from humus material. Chemical analysis:
Water soluble nitrogen 10%
Phosphorus 5%
Soluble Potash 2%
'8. Soil Amendment: (Backfill plant holes only): Shall be
"Loamex" or equal. Application rates as shown on sheet #12 of the
construction drawings.
9. Mulch (Hydro-Seeding): Mulch shall be fiber produced from
cellulose such as wood pulp of similar organic material and shall
be of such character that the fiber will disperse into a uniform
slurry when mixed with water.
•
10. Stakes for Tree Support: All 15 gallon trees will be
double staked.
11. Guying: All trees larger than 15 gallons will be guyed
using the triangular wire arrangement.
12. Weed Control: Amino Triazole 90, a systematic herbicide
for control of grass and broad-leaved weeds.
13. Ecology Control M-Binder: A dry powder, non-toxic, non-
corrosive and non-crystalline soil binder.
III. EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION
1. Installation of the landscape planting shall be inspected
by the Owner periodically throughout the contract period and at
specific times noted below. The Contractor shall notify the Owner
at least 24 hours before all scheduled inspections to verify that
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 02851-3
Page'70
the work is available for inspection.
2." Scheduled inspections shall be as follows:
/""" a. Upon completion of planting area preparation activity.S*,f
b. After spotting, but prior to planting, of all plants
one gallon size and above.
c. After all container plants are installed, but prior to
planting of turf or ground cover areas.
d. During the application of turf hydroseeding.
e. After all installation is completed prior to start of
90 day establishment period.
f. Final inspection".
B. PLANTING AREA PREPARATION
1. Clean all planting areas of any debris. The Contractor
shall apply 400 Ibs/acre of "Ferto Fertilizer 6-4-2" to all planting
areas. The fertilizer shall be rotory-tilled into the top 4" of
soil. Rocks, debris etc. 2" diameter and larger shall be removed.
All depressions, voids, erosion scars and settled trenches generated
by rain, watering and other causes shall be filled with top soil
and brought to finish grade. The planting areas shall have a
smooth surface. All the above shall be done after completion of
%v the irrigation system.
2. Prior to planting, all planting areas shall be watered by a
continuous application of irrigation water until the soil is thor-
oughly moist to a minimum depth of 12 inches. Care shall be taken
that rate of application of water does not cause erosion or sluffing
of soils.
. 3. Weed Control:
a. The Contractor shall remove all surface weed growth in
all planted areas. Weeds shall be dug out by the roots and disposed
of off the site before planting area preparation and finish grading.
b. After the planting area preparation and installation
of the irrigation systems, the Contractor shall "deep water" all
landscape areas and apply Amino Triazole 90 at the rate of 8 pounds
per acre mixed with the appropriate amount of water for application
as recommended by the manufacturer.
c. The Contractor shall then wait for a period of at least
ten (10) days after application before any planting or hydroseeding
is undertaken.
C C. PLANTING
1. General: Excavate plant holes to required depth per size of
container and plant as specified on the Plans.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-4
Page 71
2. Container-grown Plants:
a. Can Removal: • Cut cans on two sides with an acceptable
can cutter, not with spade or axe. Do not cut sides on knockout
cans. Carefully remove plants without injury or damage to root
After removing plant, superficially cut edge-roots with knife on
three sides. Remove empty cans from site daily.
*
b. Box Removal: Remove bottom of plant boxes before
planting. Remove sides of box without damage to root ball after
positioning plant and partially backfilling. Place sufficient
planting soil under plant to bring top of root ball 1-1/2 inch above
finish grade. Center plant in pit or trench. Face for best effect.
Set plant plumb and hold rigidly in position until soil has been
tamped firmly around ball or roots. Backfill pit with planting
backfill as specified on the Plans in 9 inch layers and water each
layer thoroughly to settle soil.
3. Plant Tablets: 1-1 gallon, 3-5 gallon, 6-15 gallon,
and 12 - 24" box and larger.
4. Ground Cover Plants: Plant deep enough to cover all roots.
After planting, water area immediately until entire area is soaked
to full depth of planting holes. Smooth soil to provide even,
smooth final finish grade. Bring all planted areas to a smooth,
even surface conforming to established grades after full settlement
has occurred, or remove from site if so directed by the Architect.
5. Disposal of Excess Soil: Use acceptable excess excavated
soil to form watering basins around plants, where specified, or
waste over nearby low or rough areas.
E. STAKING OF TREES
1. Stake trees on the windward side to prevent wind damage.
Take special care that stakes do not damage the roots or root ball.
2. Prune minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches,
deadwood, and suckers as directed by the Owner.
F. PLANT REPLACEMENTS
1. All replacements shall be plants of the same type and size
as specified in the plant list; They shall '< be furnished and planted
as specified under Planting-. The coat shall be borne by-the Con-
tractor except for possible replacements resulting from vandalism,
physical damage, or losses due to Acts of God.
G. TURF AREA HYDROSEEDING
1. All turf areas shall have a clean and smooth appearance
'before planting. Hydroseeding of the turf areas shall conform to
these special provisions. Irrigation system operations for the turf
areas shall be completed prior to the application of hydro mulch
material (nozzle-planting). Turf areas shown on the Plans shall be
nozzle-planted with a hydro-mulch material consisting of a mixture
of fiber, seed, soil-binder, and water.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-5
Page 72
2. Materials Lawn Care:
a. Fiber Mulch: Fiber shall be produced from cellulose
such as wood pulp or similar organic material and shall be of such
character that the fiber will disperse into a uniform slurry when
mixed with water. Apply at the same rate of 2000 pounds per acre
(dry weight).
b. Fertilizer: Ferto Humizer 10-5-2 at 1 gallon concen-
trate per acre.
c. Soil-Binder: Ecology-Control M-Binder, apply at a rate
of 7 Ibs./lOOO sq.ft. for all areas to be hydro-seeded.
d. Seed Mixture: Seed mixture for all turf areas shall
be as follows:
Name Weight
Manhattan Rye 49
Bluegrass . 31
Creeping Red Fescue 20
e. Seed shall be 95% purity, 85% germination and shall be
"pure live seed."
f. The seed mix shall be applied at a rate of 5 Ibs. per
lOOO'sq. ft.
(1) Crreping Red Fescue used as ground cover shall be
applied at a rate of 4 Ibs. per 1000 sq. ft. with humizer 10-5-2
at 1 gallon concentrate per acre, 7 Ibs./lOOO sq. ft. M-Binder
and fiber mulch at 2000 Ibs. per acre.
g. Water as needed for application.
(1) The proportion of hydro-mulch materials may be
changed by the Owner to meet field conditions. Mixing shall be
performed in a tank with a built-in, continuous agitation and re-
circulation system of sufficient operating capacity to produce a
homogeneous slurry and a discharge system which will apply the
slurry to the turf areas at a continuous and uniform rate. The
tank shall have a minimum capacity of 1,000 gallons. The Owner may
authorize such equipment of smaller capacity if it is demonstrated
that such equipment is capable of performing all the operations
satisfactorily.
(2) A dispersing agent may be added provided the Con-
tractor furnishes evidence that the additive is not harmful to the
mixture. Any material considered harmful, as determined by the
Owner, shall not be used.
(3) The hydro-mulch material shall be applied within
one half hour after mixing.
h. Installation
(1) Complete planting areas as specified herein.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-6
Page 73
(2) Irrigate turf areas to a depth of 4" to provide a
moist seed bed for hydromulching application.
(3) If required by the Owner, smooth turf areas to a
uniform surface free of bumps and hollows.
. ' • >«
.(4) Apply hydro-mulch mixture in the amounts earlier
specified to all turf and Red Creeping Fescue areas shown on the
Plans.
(5) Irrigate as required to maintain the turf areas in
a moist, but not glistening wet, condition. Do not let the soil
surface become dry under any circumstances until full seed germina-
tion has been achieved.
i. Maintenance of Turf:
(1) After full ^germination, the turf areas shall be
allowed to dry sufficiently to permit rolling with a 60 to 90 pounds
per linear foot roller to compact the soil around the grass roots
and to provide a firm smooth mowing surface.
(2) Mow turf after grass is at least 3 inches high but
not over 4 inches high. Initial mowing shall be to a height of
2 inches. After the initial mowing the turf shall be cut to a
height of 1-1/2 inches and in no case shall the turf be allowed to
grow over 2 inches in height between mowings.
(3) Should the turf areas develop depressions during
the establishment period, the Contractor shall level such areas '**>
with clean plaster sand.
H. MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT'
1. General: Maintenance shall begin immediately after each
item is planted and shall continue through the guaranty period.
Maintain a healthy growing condition by watering, pruning, spraying,
weeding, and other necessary maintenance operations. Keep planting
beds free of weeds, grass, and other undesired vegetation growth.
Keep project area neat and clean at all times.
2. Extended Establishment Period: Completion date of estab-
lishment period will be extended, when in the opinion of Owner,
improper maintenance and/or possible poor or unhealthy condition
of planted material or unestablished non-covering lawns are evident
at termination of scheduled establishment period. Contractor shall
be responsible for additional maintenance-of work at no change in
contract price until all of the work is completed and acceptable
to Owner. .
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate
protection of all areas. Damaged areas shall be repaired immediately
at the Contractor's expense.
4. Inspections: Inspect plantings at least three (3) times per „„
week throughout establishment period and do all necessary maintenance
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-7
Page ?4
to keep plants in prime condition. Send weekly maintenance reports
to Owner indicating all work that has been completed during that
week and any anticipated problem involving additional work. Do
additional watering when in opinion of Owner soil moisture is below
optimum level for best plant growth.
5. During establishment period immediately replace plants
which die or which in opinion of Owner are unhealthy or in impaired
condition. Contractor shall not be required to replace a plant more
than once.
6. At conclusion of establishment period, Owner will inspect
all plants and ground covers to determine their condition. All
plantings must be alive, true to name and size as specified, and
show vigorous growth.
I. CLEANING
1. Sweep and wash paved surfaces. Remove planting debris from
project site.
J. FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
1. Request final inspection of planting upon completion of
establishment period. Maintenance of project shall be continued
at Contractor's expense until -deficiencies have been corrected.
2. Final acceptance will be made only after completion of
establishment period and correction of all deficiencies. Owner
will visit contract areas, inspect and give Contractor written
notice of any discrepancy or acceptance.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 02851-8
Page 75
SECTION 03100 . • CONCRETE FORMWORK
I. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-^
. ' 'H^if"
A. WORK INCLUDED;-IL-l-a-l~ "*"'-1"— —-L'1 J~* ••"--L- - ' 't
1. Provide all Concrete Formwork, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Concrete Reinforcement in Section 03200.
2. Formwork for Precast Concrete in Section 03400.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. ACI (American Concrete Institute): Standard 347-68, except
as modified herein.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Lumber: WCLIB (West Coast Lumbermen's Inspection Bureau)
Grading and Dressing Rules, No. 16, Douglas fir, Coast Region,
grade-stamped Standard (and Better).
2. Plywood: U.S. Product Standard PS 1-74 (for Softwood Ply-
wood, Construction and Industrial), grade-stamped, B-B Plyform
Class II Ext. DFPA for concealed surfaces, HDO-Ext for exposed-to-
view faces or faces to be painted, 5/8-inch thick for 12-inch stud
spacing, 3/4-inch thick for over 12 and up to 16-inch stud spacing.
'ill. EXECUTION
A. CONSTRUCTION
1. All concrete shall be formed, except where placing directly
upon or against earth or other subgrade, or against existing con-
crete, is specifically permitted.
2. Construct forms in-plane and plumb, and true to lines and
levels indicated. Position and maintain so as to avoid displace-
ment or movement of formwork during placing and tamping or vibrating
of concrete. Joinery shall not allow undue leakage of mortar.
Construction shall permit removal of formwork without damaging con-
crete. Items to be embedded within or upon concrete shall be in
place, accurately and firmly positioned. '"
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 03100-1
Page I'o
B. REMOVAL
1. Do not remove side forms before 24 hours.
2. Do not backfill or otherwise superimpose a load against walls
for 5 days.
3. Wedges needed to release -form faces from concrete shall be'
of softwood only. Do not pry with metal tools.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER - 03100-2
Page 77
SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Furnish and install all Concrete Reinforcement work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
1. Reinforcement in Concrete Unit Masonry work in Section 04200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1. •
2. ACI (American Concrete Institute) Standards 315-65 and 318-71.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE '
1. Testing: Refer to Special Conditions Section. Test bars of
No. 5 and larger size in accordance with ASTM A615, Articles 9 and 10.
a. Make one bend and one tensile test for each 10 tons of
each size if identified by mill reports and test affidavits. Other-
wise, make one test per 2-1/2 tons of each size shall be made.
2. Fabrication, Delivery, Storage.
a. Conform to ACI Standards for handling and bending bars.
Bend or shape cold; do not' use heat.
b. Deliver reinforcement bundled and tagged to identify
placement.
c. At time of placing, reinforcement shall be free of dele-
terious matter that would inhibit bond. If wire brushing will not
clean it adequately, it shall be sandblasted. Reinforcement with
bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Bars: ASTM A 615-76a; Grades and sizes and distribution as
shown on the Drawings.
2. Mesh: ASTM A 185-73, in flat sheets (not in rolls).
3. Wire for Tying: ASTM A 82-76, annealed.
course subgrade: Concrete blocks, precast to required size.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 03200-1
Page 78
5. Supports, Spacers, to hold bars and mesh above wood or metal
forms: U.S. Dept. of Commerce Product Standard PS 7, Class B or C
(pregalvanized or plastic-protected).
III. EXECUTION•
A. PLACING
1. Accurately position and secure in place, conforming to re-
quirements of ACI Standards.
2. Secure reinforcement so that it will not be displaced by
placing of concrete.
3. Within forms, use tie wire of not less than No. 16 gauge,
use vertical steel to position horizontal steel in walls.
4. Accurately and securely wire stirrups to bars at both top
and bottom.
5. Lay out fabric,' straighten and cut to size. Lap one full
mesh at sides and ends and wire tie.
6. Project dowels out of concrete to develop full splice;
secure into forms prior to placing of concrete.
s
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 03200-2
Page 79
SECTION 03300 CONCRETE
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
. •
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Concrete work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Formwork, in Section 03100.
2. Reinforcement for Concrete, in Section 03200.
3. Wood Dividers, in slabs, in Section 06200.
4. Flatwork Finishing, in Section 03301.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. ACI (American Concrete Institute) Standard No. ACI 318-71c,
for concrete. - .
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
-
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150-77 for Type I, II or III.
Except Type II cement shall meet the strength requirements of Type I
cement and Type III cement shall have a tri-calcium aluminate con-
tent not exceeding 8.0 percent.
2. Aggregates: ASTM C-33-77.
a. Fine aggregate: Washed, clean, uniformly screen graded,
from fine to coarse, and containing not more than 2 percent by
weight of deleterious materials such as shale, schist, alkali, clay
lumps, earth, loam, mica or similar materials.
b. Coarse aggregate: Clean, hard, crushed rock or washed
gravel, free from organic materials or soft or friable materials and
containing not more than 2 percent by weight of shale or cherty
material and-not more than 15 percent by weight of elongated frag-
ments .
3. Water, for mixing concrete: Clean and free from deleterious
amounts of acid, alkalis, or organic materials.
4. Admixtures: ASTM C 494-77, to increase workability and
reduce water demand of concrete but not increase shrinkage, and
subject to the approval of the Owner -as to type and amount used, an
free of chlorides.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 03300-1
Page 80
III. EXECUTION
A. MIX DESIGN
1. Standard mix design of the concrete manufacturer may be used,
if certified data is submitted to the Owner indicating suitability
and adequacy of the respective mixes.
a. A recognized Testing Agency, under the active direction
of a Civil Engineer, shall have determined mix designs to fulfill
the specified requirements for strength, aggregate size and worka-
bility of concrete.
b. Mix designs shall have been made in accordance with
ACI 318, Section 502, for concrete of 2000 psi compressive strength
at 28 days, with cement content of 564 pounds per cubic yard of
concrete, with 1 inch maximum size coarse aggregate and a slump of
4 inches.
c. Cover and clear distances: As required by ACI 318,
Section 804.
B. MIXING OF CONCRETE
1. Use transit mixed concrete: Mix and deliver in accordance
with ASTM C 94-74. Do not use concrete not placed in final position
within 90 minutes after water is first added to the batch. Concrete
shall be in such condition that it may be suitably placed. Mixer
drum shall be operated at rated mixing speed for 3 minutes immedi-
ately prior to discharging concrete. The time interval between
.delivery and placing of successive loads shall not exceed 45
minutes, and the placing rate shall not be less than 8 cubic yards
per hour. Should these rates riot be maintained, the Owner may order
work halted, and the Contractor shall make a construction joint at
his own expense, in the manner and location directed by the Owner.
Weighmaster certification conforming to ASTM C 94, Sections 14(a)
and 14 (b)' shall accompany each truck.
C.' CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
1. Give Owner notice at least 24 hours prior to placing concrete.
2. Place by methods which will minimize segregation of the
materials. Nojchuting, spouting, belt-conveying, etc., will be
allowed without specific approval of the Owner. Do not allow con-
crete to drop free through a height of more than 4 feet. Deposit
concrete directly from truck or mixer into conveyances and directly
from conveyances into forms. Place concrete as soon after final
mixing as possible, and in a manner to keep the surface of wet
concrete as level as possible, without excess moving of concrete
laterally in the forms.
3. Consolidate concrete by means of internal high-frequency
mechanical vibrators, operated only by personnel properly instructed
in their use. Consolidate sufficiently to obtain dense structure,
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 03300-2
Page 81
free of voids, rock pockets and air bubbles over 1/8 inch in greatest
dimension, but without over-vibrating to the extent that loss of
entrained air or water rising to the surface will be appreciable.
4. Do not retemper nor use concrete after having stood 15 min-
utes after leaving the truck or mixer.
5. Before new concrete is deposited against hardened concrete,
remove all incrustations and laitance from forms, steel and surface
of hardened concrete. . •
D. FINISHING
1. Defective concrete:
a. As directed by the Owner, remove concrete which does not
meet specified strength requirements, which is damaged, which is not
true to line or grade.
b. Cut concrete to sound surfaces which has voids or honey-
combs, and repair by patching.'
2. Patching: .
a. Remove defective areas, by chipping to sound depths.
Moisten to optimum condition and scrub-in a mixture of equal parts
by yplume, of Portland cement and sand. Then immediately place
patching mortar composed of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts of
fine aggregate, by volume. Place with force so as to completely
fill spaces and voids. Finish to match adjacent areas.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 03300-3
V--
SECTION 03301
A. WORK INCLUDED
Page 82
FLATWORK FINISHING
I. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Provide all Flatwork Finishing of Concrete work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Furnishing and Placing of Concrete in Section 03300.
2. Painted Markings on Concrete Flatwork in Section 02612.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Tolerances (Flat and Sloped Areas): 1/8-inch maximum above
or below a 10-foot straightedge in any direction.
2. Sample Panels-: Provide in-place job-prepared sample panels
•(in quantity required for the Owner's review). Upon approval, leave
in place until balance of work is constructed and accepted as
matching approved samples.
C
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Flatwork Applied Finishes.
a. Standard Scoring: Use manufactured trowel-type tools to
provide 1/8-inch radius rounded edges at perimeters and 1/8-inch by
3/8-inch intermediate joints.
2. Flatwork Curing:
a. Curing Compound: W.J. Burke Co. "Rez-X", or Sonneborn
Building Products Division "Kure-N-Seal", or an approved equivalent,
with fugitive dye, compatible with flooring and adhesives therefor
for scheduled finish materials.
b. Curing Membrane: Kraft reinforced, plastic faced felt,
non-staining.
3. Flatwork Filler, for interior floors and slabs (low spots):
Latex type, for trowel-on application.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 03301-1
Page 83
III. EXECUTION
A. FLAT CONCRETE WORK, FINISHING
1. Procedure: Tamp and screed to uniformly compact mass.
concrete has hardened sufficiently, float to a compact and smooth
surface. Steel-trowel to even, hard surfaces. Conform to
"Tolerances" requirements specified hereinbefore. Do not use dry
cement nor mixture of dry cement and sand sprinkled on the surface
to absorb moisture or stiffen mix.
2. Filling and Leveling Flatwork Surfaces: Repair high or low
spots in concrete slabs which are to receive floor covering. Hone
or grind high spots with power-driven machine to an acceptable level.
At interior flatwork, fill low spots with flatwork filler mixed and
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications; at
exterior flatwork repair low spots as specified for patching in
Section 03300.
3. Scheduled Flatwork Finishes:
a. Smooth Trowel: Float, trowel, burnish; apply hardener
or sealer, as specified, then apply curing compound.
b. Medium Broom Finish: Float, trowel, and broom. Use a
stiff fiber broom to produce a. uniformly scored surface at right
angles to the general flow of pedestrian traffic.
_.._ jfon-Slip Troweled Finish (for all walks and ramp in lieu'
of medium broom finish) : Heavy broom at right angles to direction o"**S
traffic to produce a uniform surface of medium roughness. •—"
d. 'Edge and Joint'Finish: Use standard tools to produce
rounded edge corners and intermediate line scoring.
4. Curing Flatwork:
a. Cure Smooth Finished Concrete by wetting down and cover-
ing with curing membrane or applying curing compound. Lap membrane
joints 4-inches and continuously tape or cement together. Turn
membrane up 2-inches at edges and projections. Leave in place for
seven days.
b. Cure Broom or Slip-Resistant Finished Concrete by
applying two coatings of curing compound (at right angles to one
another) following manufacturer's specifications.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER - 03301-2
Page
SECTION 04100 • MORTAR AND GROUT,
FOR MASONRY
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Mortar and Grout work (for Concrete Masonry
Units), complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Masonry Industry Advertising Committee Masonry Design Manual,
1969, except as modified herein.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150-77, Type I.
-2. Lime: ASTM C 207-76, Type S, hydrated.
3. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144-76.
4. Grout Aggregates: ASTM C 33-77 and ASTM C 144-76, or
• ASTM C 404-76, 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch sieve.
5. Water, for mixing: Potable.•
6. Grout Admixture: Super Concrete Emulsions, Ltd., Suconem
GA Type II, or approved equivalent.
7. Integral Color, for Brick Masonry Mortar: Mineral, lime-
proof and non-fading in selected color.
B. DELIVERY, STORAGE
1. Deliver cement, lime and other cementitious materials in
unbroken containers, labeled with manufacturer's names and brands.
•Do not vary source of supply for materials which will affect the
appearance of the finished work.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
,,**««. 1. Lime: Lime processed by the steam method shall soak not
'W less than 24 hours. Otherwise, soak not less than.72 hours. Make-
up by adding lime to the water. In lieu of lime paste, hydrated
lime may be added in dry form.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 04100-1
Page 85
2. Mortar: 1 part Portland cement/ 1/4 to 1/2 part lime, and
damp, loose sand in an amount of not less than 2-1/4 nor more than
3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime used, with precise
amount of water to produce the required workability. 2,000 psi com-
pressive strength is the minimum requirement.
3. Grout: 1 part Portland cement, not more than 1/10 part lime,
2 to 3 parts damp, loose sand, not more than 2 parts pea gravel, and
admixture in the amount of 1 pint per sack of cement, with precise
amount of water added to produce consistency for pouring without
segregation of components or bleeding. 2,000 psi compressive
strength is the minimum requirement.
4. Measure materials by volume, using containers which will in-
sure that specified proportions are controlled and maintained. Mix
in mechanical mixer of such capacity that it will handle one or more
full sack batches. Split sack batches are not ' permitted. Place
sand, cement and water in mixer in that order, and mix for not less
than two minutes. Add lime and admixture, and continue mixing until
all components are distributed uniformly throughout the mass, but in
no case less than 10 minutes. ' Retempering is not permitted. Discard
mortar or grout which is not used within one hour after water is
added to the mix.
5. Grouting: Do not use grout if clear space is less than
2 inches *
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 04100-2
Page 86
SECTION 04200 - " MASONRY REINFORCEMENT
- ' •. I.. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Concrete Unit Masonry Reinforcement work,
complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Concrete Reinforcement in Section 03200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Masonry Industry Advancement Committee Masonry Design
Manual, 1969, except as modified herein.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Bars for Reinforcement: ASTM A 615-76a, Grade 40.
j*" 2. Wire, for Reinforcement, "ladder-mesh" type: ASTM A 82-76
%<t"" cold drawn, shop fabricated by welding.
3. Wire, for Tying: ASTM A 82-76, annealed.
4. Postioners: Shaped galvanized steel wire, or plastic, or
plastic coated steel.
' III. EXECUTION
A. FABRICATION, DELIVERY, STORAGE
1. Conform to Masonry Design Manual for bending bars. Rein-
forcement with bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used.
2. Deliver reinforcement bundled and tagged to identify
placement.
3. At time of placing, reinforcement shall be free of deleter-
ious matter that would inhibit bond. If wire brushing will not
clean it adequately, it shall be sandblasted.
B. PLACING
^•n" 1. Place reinforcement so as. to fully embed in mortar or grout,
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 04200-1
Page 8?
not closer than 1/4-inch to masonry units and not closer than 3/4-inch
to surface of joint.
2. When a foundation dowel does not line up with vertical rein-
forcement, grout into a core in vertical alignment, in a cell
adjacent to the vertical wall reinforcing.
*
3. Lap spliced bars 30 diameters minimum, separate by one bar
diameter or wire together.
4. Hold vertical bars in position at top and bottom and at
intervals not exceedin 192 diameters of the reinforcement. Secure
against movement during grouting. Minimum clearance between bars
shall be one diameter.
5. Lay horizontal bars on webs of bond beam or channel units,
and solidly grout in place.
6. Lap spliced wire reinforcement 6 inches minimum, with at
least one cross wire of each adjoining piece within the lapped
distance.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 04200-2
Page 88
SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT & BRICK MASONRY
^ ' I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Concrete Unit Masonry and Brick Masonry work,
complete, including mortar and grout and reinforcement therefor.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Requirements for Reinforcement in Section 04160 and for
Mortar and Grout in Section 04100 (installed under this Section 04220) .
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Masonry Industry Advancement Committee Masonry Design Manual,
•1969, except as modified herein.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS1 •" ' " I—'-™- *
1. Concrete Masonry Units (concrete block): ASTM C 90-75,
/ * Grade N-l, with maximum linear shrinkage of 0.6 percent from saturated
•*«*,. to over-dried condition, size(s) as shown and required, exposed faces
and ends to match existing, masonry (slump type).
2. Brick: ASTM C 62-75A, sizes as shown, color as selected.
III. EXECUTION
A. WORKMANSHIP, CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
1. Concrete masonry units shall be dry when laid.
2. Layout work so as to require as few cut units as possible.
When necessary to cut units, use an abrasive saw.
3. Immediately before starting wo.rk, clean the concrete upon
which block will be laid with water under pressure.
4. Provide full mortar joint for first course. Provide full
mortar beds on the face shells and on the cross webs of cells to be
grouted. Solidly fill vertical head or bend joints with mortar,
for a distance in from face of unit not less than the thickness of
the longitudinal face shell.
fiV"
W 5. Shove units tightly against adjacent units to insure good
mortar bond.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 04220-1
• . Pag-e 89
6. Align vertical cells of units in'which reinforcement is
placed to maintain clear, unobstructed continuous vertical cell
measuring, not less than 2 inches by 3 inches.
7. Vertical and horizontal joints shall be uniform and approxi-*-«*
mately 3/8-inch wide. Joints below grade, concealed or against ear~L«^
shall be tooled to a dense surface. Above grade in exposed walls,
joints shall be tooled slightly concave.
8. Erect masonry work in-plane, plumb, level, straight and true
to dimensions shown, executed in accordance with acceptable practices
of the trade. Request as early inspection of work by the Owner.
9. Protect Wall surfaces from droppings of mortar or grout
during construction.
10. Do not wet finish masonry unless exposed to extreme hot
weather or hot wind, and then only by using a nozzle-regulated fog
spray sufficient only to dampen the face, but not of such quantity
to cause water to flow down over the masonry.
11. Grout cells closely behind the laying of the masonry units.
Grout as indicated, in lifts not exceeding 4 feet in height. When
grouting is stopped for one hour or longer, form horizontal con-
struction joints by stopping pour of grout 1/-1/2 inches below the
top of the uppermost unit.
B. WORKMANSHIP, BRICK MASONRY
1. Lay new outer hearth at existing fireplace in pattern shown,**""*%
.using integral color mortar for exposed joints.
C. PATCHING, CLEANING '
1. Patch new masonry before final acceptance. Rake-open im-
proper joints. Clean, and completely refill with new mortar to
match adjacent work. Cut out damaged faces of units at mortar
joints, and replace with acceptable units .or faces to match adjacent
work.
2. Keep masonry clean as work progresses. If mortar or grout
shows on faces-of units, scrub with a solution of muriatic acid
until stains are removed. Rinse clean with fresh water. If still
not acceptable to the Architect, lightly sandblast until clean.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 04220-2
Page 90
SECTION 06110 • STRUCTURAL CARPENTRY
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Structural Carpentry work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS, including but not limited to:
1. Finish Carpentry in Section 06200.
2. M.illwork and Cabinetwork in Section 06400.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Industry Standards.
a. Douglas fir, Hem-Fir and white fir lumber: West Coast
Lumbermen's Inspection Bureau Standard Grading and Dressing Rules,
No. 16.
b. Plywood: U.S. Department of Commerce Products Standard
PS 1-66, for Douglas fir (Coast Region) material.
c. Redwood: California Redwood Association Standard
Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber, current
edition.
3. UBC (Uniform Building Code) as referenced by local Building
Code.
II. PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL
1. Moisture Content at Time of Placing: Determine in accor-
dance with applicable governing document. In general, test by
mechanical method and submit certification to the Owner.
a. Untreated lumber: Shall not exceed 19 percent, except
affidavit may be furnished by yard stating that lumber was air-dried
for 30 days by means of sticking both horizontally and vertically.
b. Treated lumber: Shall not exceed 19 percent. Kiln-
dry after pressure treatment.
c. Plywood: Shall not exceed 15 percent.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 06110-1
Page 91
2. Sizing, Surfacing: Mill size and surface lumber on four.
sides, except where re-sawn surfacing is required.
3. Lengths: Use only one-piece lengths throughout. No
splicing permitted except over bearing points.
4. Preservative Pressure Treatment: AWPA (American Wood
Preservers Association) Standards, using Chromated Zinc Chloride
or Wolman Salt (Tanalith). Touch-up parts made raw by cutting or
drilling by brushing at cuts and by flushing at holes with original
material.
5. Brush-on Preservative Treatment: Woodtox, Woodlife, or
equivalent as approved.
6. Re-Use of Material. Form lumber may be re-used for con-
cealed framing if it conforms with specified requirements, and
grade stamp is identifiable. Clean such lumber of concrete, grout,
etc. Obtain specific apporval of the Owner prior to re-use. Do
not re-use plywood against which concrete has been placed.
B. LUMBER, PLYWOOD
1. Concealed Structural Framing: Douglas fir Standard (and
Better) grade, paragraph 121-c for sills, ledgers; Douglas fir
Standard (and Better) grade, paragraph 121-c for vertical members
(studding, posts, and crippling); Douglas fir No. 1 grade, para-
graph 123-b for members subject to bending (joists, rafters, beams,
lintels); Douglas fir Dense No. 2 grade, paragraph 123-c for
blocking and bridging.
2. Posts and Beams: Free of heart-center.
3. Redwood, Concealed: Construction grade.
4. Plywood, for structural use (floor and roof diaphragms,
shear panels, sheathing): Structural II grade, except where Struc-
tural I grade is specifically noted.
5. Plywood, for non-structural use: Standard Sheathing grade,
except as modified in.Sections 06200 and 06400.
C. OTHER MATERIALS
1. Building Paper: 15 pound asphalt-saturated felt.
2. Fasteners, Connectors:
a. Furnish all ferrous metal fasteners or connectors in
galvanized finish, except common wire nails and rough hardware for
interior use.
b. Sheet metal connectors: Steel, Simpson Co. Strong-Tie
Connectors, or Timber Fasteners, Inc. Connectors.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 06110-2
Page 92
c. Threaded nails: Annular thread type for nailing into
cross grain, and spiral thread type for nailing into end grain,
aluminum for exterior use, standard steel elsewhere.
d. Other nails: Common or finish, wire, steel or aluminum.
e. Rough hardware:
f
(1) Bolts and lag screws, and nuts: Commercial
Standard, unfinished. Furnish washers for all bolts and lag screws
where heads or nuts are in contact with wood.
f. Metal bridging: Simpson Co. Metal Bridging (N Series),
or Gibralter Metal Products Steel Joist Bridging.
g. Plywood clips: Steel or aluminum, Simpson Co. Plywood
Sheathing Clips, or Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. Plyclips.
h. Powder-driven anchors: Ramset or Hillti Fastening
System, or approved equivalent, drive pins with discs. Size in
accordance with Section 4D of Ramset catalog.
III. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. If any structural lumber or plywood shows damage in any way
after framing of building, remove and replace with new materials.
2. Accurately and neatly cut all work, and fit securely in
place.
3. Where exposed, use only members free from edge knots. No
hammer marks on exposed materials will be acceptable.
4. Erect walls plumb, aligned in acceptable planes.
5. Erect roofs aligned in acceptable planes.
6. Secure approval of the Owner before cutting or drilling of
any wood members that may weaken the structure. Lay out framing
so that structural members will not require cutting for openings,
pipes, vents, ducts, etc.
7. Provide adequate blocking and backing for work of other
crafts.
8. Finish bearing surfaces on which wood structural members are
to rest, to give full, true and even support. Do not use wedges or
shims to overcome faulty work. .
9. Do not use members with warp, twist or wind in excess of
1/360 of span or exposed length. Carefully select stress members.
Do not use members with loose knots on lower side. Lumber may be
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 06110-3
• Rage 93
rejected for mildew, fungus, or mold, for improper grading or
grading marking, and for excessive bow or crook (defined as deviation
from a straight line of more than 1/360 of the length of the member) .
Install slightly crowned pieces with crown up.
10. Provide continuous row of fire blocking, 2 inches thick
by full width of framing, to form a complete and effective separation
in entire width of walls and partitions, placed in such a manner
that there shall be no concealed air spaces greater than 8 feet in
vertical or horizontal dimension, and sufficiently stiff to act as
lateral bracing for individual studs. In all bearing walls not
sheathed with plywood, provide diagonal bracing, cut between studs,
at corners and at not more than 25 foot spacing between corners. '
11. Provide strip of "Ful-Thik" rock wool batt, packed in place,
as a seal or stop around plumbing pipes passing through members.
12. Bolt Holes in Wood: Not more than 1/16 inch over-size.
13. Cuts or bored holes in beams or joists. Limit to not
deeper than one-fifth beam or joist depth from the top, and locate
not further from the beam or joist end than 3 times the beam or
joist depth. Cuts in excess of this, or bored holes of greater
than 2 inch diameter are not permitted without special provisions
for framing and prior approval of the Owner.
14. Nailing Schedule: Conform to UBC requirements.
.B. SPECIFIC ITEMS
-->,
1. Stud Partitions: Space at 12 inch centers at walls where
ceramic tile or similar wall finish occurs. Space at 16 inch centers
elsewhere. " Porvide single base plate, 2 inch (nominal) thickness
.and same width as studs. Provide double top plates, each 2 inch
(nominal) thickness and same width as studs. Lap top plates at
corners and intersections of partitions. Lap top plates. 4 feet
minimum at running joints. Frame corners so lath or wall finish
cannot pass through wall to next room. Frame openings with double
studs each side, and headers resting on short inner studs each side.
Provide 1/8 by 1-1/2 inch steel straps punched or drilled for four
16d nails each side, where plates are cut for pipes. Do not cut
plates in bearing partitions or shear walls for pipes.
2. Joists and Rafters: Provide bracing, 2 inch thick solid
blocking by full depth of these members, or 2 by 3 inch cross
bridging, or metal bridging across spans of joists. Provide solid
blocking full depth of these members at ends and over partitions.
Do not nail lower ends of cross bridging until all loads are applied.
Carefully align and level all overhanging or projecting members.
Brace joists and rafters exceeding 8 inch depth at not less than
8 foot centers, unless otherwise more stringently indicated. Install
double members (spaced with blocking where required) below all
partitions, both bearing and non-bearing, if parallel with these
members. Where joist or rafter or purlin is cut for an opening, -->
double members on each side of opening and provide double headers ' .J
to receive interrupted members.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 06110-4
&
Page 9^
3. Plywood Floor and Roof Decks (applied to joints or rafters):
Center two edges of each panel on joists below; center remaining two
edges on solid blocking between joists. Where no blocking is re-
quired by drawings, stiffen unblocked edges with plywood clips in
center of each joist space. Place sheet with face grain at right
W angles to joist and rafter direction. Maximum nail spacing: 6 inch
centers at edges, 12 inch centers in field, except as otherwise
noted.
4. Crickets and saddles: Provide as required for roof drainage.
5. Drypaking: Take extreme care to bring sills and plates up
to identical elevations and to level the members. Tightening of
bolts if required, shall not be done until drypack has hardened.
Shimming after drypacking shall cause rejection and replacement
of such work.
6. Plywood and tempered particleboard subflooring assembly:
Secure to substrate by means of an aooroved soecial adhesive.
END OP SECTION
^ HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 06110-5
Page 95
SECTION 06200 . FINISH CARPENTRY
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
'"'-••""• ........ "•" " " ' ---- -• -- -- - ----'" ------------------
A. WORK INCLUDED . • '
1. Provide all Finish Carpentry work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS, including but not limited to:
1. Structural Carpentry in Section 06100.
2. Items furnished under other Sections for installation under.
this Section 06200:
a. Wood Doors in Section 08201.
b. Metal Windows in Section 08510.
c. Finish Hardware in Section 08710.
d. Other miscellaneous items in respective Sections here-
inafter. .
II. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. Delivery, Storage: Do not deliver or store finish carpentry
millwork or cabinetwork in the building until the building is
enclosed and all "wet work" (concrete, plaster, tilework, etc.) is
completed and dry. A
2. Back-Painting: Do not install finish carpentry, millwork,
or cabinetwork until wood has been back-primed.
3. Assembly: Carefully assemble all materials, with joints
precisely fitted, scribed as required, carefully finished, and
with all edges clean cut. In general, miter or cope all joints,
corners or intersections. Cut out imperfections in running members.
4. Lengths: Use one-piece members throughout. Splice by
beveling (no butt joints) only where length requires it.
5. Nails: Use finish nails throughout. Use "concealed"
method of nailing wherever possible. Set all finish nails with
nail set.
6. Finish: Work shall be smooth, free from machine, sandpaper
and hammer marks .
7. Backing: Test backing for maximum 19 percent moisture
content by approved mechanical or electronic method.
COMMUNITY CENTER HDlOlMAI . 06200-1ORIGINAL
Page 9&
8. Anchorage: Anchor all millwork and cabinetwork and shelving
to preclude overturning.
9. Provide grounds, stripping, backing, for wood finish members.
10. Doors, Hardware: Cut, fit and hang all doors and install
finish hardware. Leave proper clearances and undercuts as may be
required.
11. Metal Windows: Install metal window work in conformance
with Sections 08510 and 08511 (manufacturer's directions and shop
drawings).
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 06200-2
Page 97
SECTION 06400 MILLWORK, CABINETWORK
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS~~A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide Millwork, Cabinetwork, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS, including but not limited to:
1. Finish members as may be included in Section 06200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT. • -
1. Division 1.
2. WIC (Woodwork Institute of California) Manual of Millwork,
including Amendment No. 2, for materials and fabrication, except
as modified hereinafter. '
D. REQUIREMENTS ' -:
:
1. Delivery, Storage: Do not deliver to job until structure
is enclosed. Provide adequate wrapping or other protection, as
required to prevent damage during shipment, handling, and storage.
2. Shop Drawings.- -
3. Grade Stamp. . "
• . T-
. ' II. PRODUCTS
* $
A. CARPENTRY ITEMS '
1. Lumber for Miscellaneous (concealed) Use: Douglas fir,
Construction grade, S4S, manufactured and grade stamped in accor-
dance with Standard Grading and Dressing Rules of the West Coast
Lumber Inspection Bureau, No. 16, except mols/ture content at time
of installation shall conform to WIC Standards. Pressure or dip
treat, in confprmance with Federal Specification TT-W-571 or
TT-W-572, all lumber in contact with concrete, masonry, plaster
or tile.
B. MILLWORK, CABINETWORK ITEMS
1. Except as specifically modified hereinafter, manufacture
and grade materials in a manner equivalent to WIC Standards,
Custom grade for appearance, WIC Economy grade for construction,
except detail drawings shall generally govern construction. WIC
Standards shall always govern appearance. "Stain" finish shall be
considered same as "Transparent" finish used in WIC Standards.
a. Softwood Lumber: Douglas fir.
HARDING-STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 06400-1
Page 98
b. Hardwood Lumber: Ash or birch, unselected, except do
not intermix where transparent finish occurs.
c. Plywood Siding, Panelling: Clear red cedar, 5/8 inch,
"inverted batten," 8 inch centers, strip lap long edges.
d. Hardwood Plywood: Ash or birch, unselected, except
do not intermix where transparent finish occurs.
e. Cabinet Doors: WIC Type 4 or 7, for construction, face
or edge detail, to rails as indicated.
f. Cabinet Drawer fronts: Lumber.
g. Open Roof at Shade Structure: Rough-sawn Douglas fir,
Custom grade, of size and spacing shown.
h. Pass thru Door from Kitchen: Soft wood plywood, with
set-in hardwood edges, Custom grade for transparent; provide
full length piano type hinges at all edges, with locking device
at jamb as selected.
i. Bench Tops: Douglas fir, VG, with eased edges.
j. Plastic-Laminate: WIC Manual, Section 16, Custom grade.
k. Divider Strips at Concrete Flatwork: Redwood, construc-
tion grade, assembled with galvanized nails. Provide sufficient
stakes (below surface of .concrete to securely.position dividers
during placing and finishing of concrete). .
1. Trims and. Other Members Contiguous to Cedar: Clear
red cedar, rough sawn, to closely match siding.
j- '
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 06400-2
Page 99
SECTION 07310 ASPHALT SHINGLES
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Asphalt Shingle work, complete, all roofs.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. UBC (Uniform Building Code), as referenced by local Building
Code.
2. UL (Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.) Building Materials
List for Class A, asphalt-asbestos shingle coverings, 360-019 TFWZ.
3. Manufacturers Application Directions as referenced.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Conform to requirements for 20 year Pro-Rata Guarantee by
the manufacturer. This Guarantee shall be furnished at the request
and expense of the Owner.
2. If the above Guarantee is not requested by Owner, furnish
a manufacturer's Letter of Inspection upon completion of the roofing,
and furnish a 2 year Guarantee by the Contractor covering both
materials and workmanship.
3. Use only applicators listed and approved by roofing materials
manufacturer. Provide supervision and inspection by manufacturer's
representative. Give written notice to manufacturer's representative
not less than 2 working days before commencing work on roof.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIAL
1. Provide the following Johns-Manville materials for each
100 square feet of roof area:
Wt. per sg.
15 Ib. asphalt saturated felt, 1 layer: 15 Ibs.
Asphalt/asbestos, Class A, composition
shingles, color as approved by Owner
"thick butt" type. . 320 Ibs.
Asbestos valley sheets, 7/16 head, 1-1/4 inch
galvanized roofing nails, matching hip and "*"
ridge shingles, accessories, etc.: __
Total weight per square 335 Ibs.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 07310-1
Page 100
III. EXECUTION
GENERAL '
1. Preparatory Work. Remove existing asphalt shingle assemblies
'to clean and sound deck surfaces.
2. Apply roofing in accordance with the manufacturer's Application
Directions (as detailed on the shingle wrappers).
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER
07310-2
Page 101
SECTION 07600 . SHEET METAL, FERROUS
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Ferrous Sheet Metal Work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. SMACCNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'
National Association) Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edi
tion, for general requirements for materials and workmanship not
otherwise specified herein.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE
«
1. Submit Shop Drawings.
II. PRODUCTS
A. .MATERIALS
1. Sheet Stock: "Prime" quality, galvanized copper bearing
steel, of gauges (base sheet thickness) noted; 24 gauge minimum for
all work not shown otherwise by details.
2. Solder: ASTM B 32-70, 50-50 composition.
3. Flux: Raw muriatic acid.
4. Fastenings (screws, nails, rivets, bolts, washers, etc.):
Copper bearing steel; rivets tinned; other items galvanized.
5. Felts: Standard brand of asphalt-saturated, fiberglass-
reinforced asbestos roofing felt, 15 pound type.
6. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-641F (zinc dust-zinc
oxide) .
7. Pretreatment Wash: Sinclair Paint Co. No.- 12 "Galvawash"
or an approved equivalent.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Shop Priming: After fabrication, clean, apply pretreatment
wash and allow to dry. Apply one full coat of primer on all sides
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 07600-1
Page 102
before assembling or installing, and at all areas damaged by handling
or erection.
„...... 2. Workmanship: Finish molded and brake-formed members with
W,,« true, straight, sharp lines and angles. . Cope to an accurate fit
and securely solder intersecting members, fabricate corners and
intersections in the shop. Turn back exposed edges of sheet metal
1/2 inch or as indicated. Form, fabricate and install to adequately
provide for expansion and contraction. Finish water and weather
tight throughout.
3. Seams: Make lock-seam work flat and lap seams at least.
1/2 inch wide. Lap unsoldered seams not less than 4 inches. Make
flat and lap seams in direction of flow of water.
4. Soldering: Clean and tin joints prior to soldering. Make
exposed soldering with finish surfaces neatly full, flowing and
smooth. Wash flux with a soda solution after soldering.
5. Trades Jurisdiction: Coordinate in the best way possible
with respect to installing sheet metal work.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 07600-2
Page 103
SECTION 07900 SEALANTS
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED . .
1. Provide all sealant work, complete.
2. It is a requirement of the specification to seal all open-
ings, joints, penetrations, etc. as required to make the entire
Project weather and water tight and to present an attractive and
finished appearance. Products and applications specified here are
intended for and shall be used throughout the entire Project.
Responsibility for distribution of work among the various crafts
rests entirely with the Contractor.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Submit Shop Drawings and samples of workmanship.
'2. Deliver sealants, fillers and compounds in unopened factory-
labeled containers, labels bearing statement of conformance to
standard specified for each material.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Type A Sealant: Federal Specification TT-S-001543A, Class B
(non-sag, self-leveling), Type I (25-30 Shore A hardness, a single
component, silicone rubber building sealant; use Dow-Corning Corp.
780, or General Electric Corp. Building Sealant, or an approved
equivalent.
2. Type B Sealant: Specification TT-S-230C (2), non-sag, chem-
ically curing 25-35 Shore A hardness, a single component, synthetic-
rubber, solvent release type, acrylic, polysulfide or polyurethane
base sealant; use Tremco Mfg. Co. Mono, or Glidden (Macco Div), or
•D-A-P (Dicks-Armstrong-Pontius), or Thiokol Base material, or an
approved equivalent.
3. Type C Sealant: Federal Specification TT-S-227E(3), Class A
(flow, self-leveling), Type II (35-40 Shore A hardness), a single
component, polyurethane or polysulfide base, pourable (or adaptable
for gun use) joint sealant; use Sonneborn Bldg. Products, Inc. or
Glidden (Macco Div.) Paving Joint Sealant, or an approved equivalent.
4. Type D Sealant: Federal Specification TT-C-00598C(1), Type
1 or 2, an oil-base sealant.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 07900-1
Page
5. Filler: Dow Chemical Co. Ethafoam, or Sonneborn Bldg.
Products, Inc. Sonofoam, white non-absorbent, closed cell, foam
polyethylene, round in shape, with diameter never less than 30 per-
cent greater than width of joint, non-staining and with very low
water absorption. Guarantee filler as being suitable for its in-
tended use and entirely compatible With the sealant.
6. Primer, as required: Product of manufacturer of sealant used.
7. Lacquer Sealer: Clear vinyl recommended by sealant manu-
facturer.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Joint Cleaning: Apply sealant and filler materials to clean,
dry surfaces only, free from grease, oil, wax or other foreign matter
tending to destroy or impair adhesion. Clean, and prime in accor-
dance with sealant manufacturer's instructions.
2. Installation: . Apply filler and sealants in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and by a manufacturer-approved applicator.
a. Fill joints partially with filler until joint (inclu-
ding sealant) does not exceed sealant manufacturer's recommendation
or specified size.
b. Sealants:
(1) Apply Types A, B, C, D sealants to completely fill
voids. Finish exposed joints smooth with surface slightly recessed.
(2) Type C sealant may be applied by pouring or gun,
to fill completely and to a slightly recessed finish.
3. Cleaning and Protection: Carefully protect adjoining sur-
faces from staining. Immediately remove any material on such sur-
faces and restore the finish as required. Where cleaning and restor-
ation is not acceptable, replace the damaged surfaces.
4. Joint Dimensions:
a. For oil-base type sealant, the minimum joint width shall
be 1/4 inch, and the depth shall be one to three times the width of
the joint, with the maximum depth 3/4 inch.
b. For silicone rubber, acrylic, polysulfide and poly-
urethane sealant, the minimum .joint width shall be 1/4 inch, and the
depth shall be approximately one-half the width, but in no case less
than 1/4 inch. Other width-to-depth ratios shall conform to the
following: . '
. ••
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 07900-2
Page 105
IF JOINT WIDTH IS: JOINT DEPTH shall be:
Minimum Maximum
For Non-Porous Surfaces:
1/4" (minimum) 1/4" 1/4"
Over 1/4" 1/2 of width Equal to width
For Concrete, Plaster, Wood, other Porous Surfaces:
1/4" (minimum) 1/4"
1/4" to 1/2" 1/4" Equal to width
1/2" to 1" . 1/2" Equal to width
Over 1" Not Permitted
5. Completion Requirements: Provide a manufacturer's written
guarantee/ in an acceptable form, covering exterior sealant work for
a period of 5 years.
IV. SCHEDULE
A. GENERAL
1. Type A: In general, at exterior of perimeters of openings
in exterior walls.
'2. Type B: In general, at interior of perimeters of openings
in exterior walls.
3. Type C: In general, for use on areas subject to foot or
vehicle traffic.
4. Type D: In general, for interior wall penetrations (such
as piping or conduit) which are to be covered by escutcheon or other
trim or plate.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 07900-3
Page 106
SECTION 08201 WOOD DOORS
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Furnish and install wood doors complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to)i
1. Cabinet doors in Section 06400.
2. Installing Doors and Hardware therefor in Section 06200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. WIG (Woodwork Institute of California) Manual of Woodwork
(including Amendments 1, 2, 3), Section 20, except as modified herein,
3. NWMA (National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association)
Standard: IS1.'
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Provide WIC Certified Compliance Certificate or Grade Stamps
for each door.
• II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Solid Core Wood Doors, Wood Faces and Edges:
a. WIC Manual, Section 20, Part III, with continuous block
or strip core, glued and sanded; or particle-board core; sound
(custom) grade ash or birch face veneer and edges.
2. Stile and Rail Wood Doors:
a. WIC Manual, Section 20, Part VII, sound (custom) grade,
ash or birch.
3. Cutouts: Cut openings in factory to required size. Provide
hardwood subframes, trim, stops, other members as required. Match
wood face veneers or edges, using solid wood.
4. Blocks, Rails: Provide at cutouts for louvers, glass, other
inserts as required, by means of rails, blocks.
I**"'*"w •
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER - 08201-1
Page 107
5. Warpage: Consider warp and twist a defect only where it
exceeds 1/4 inch; use standard procedure as set forth in WIC Manual
to determine extent of warp, not relation of door to frame.
6. Installation (under Section 06200): Fit to frame, with due
allowance for finish, and possible swelling or shrinkage. Immedi-
ately after .hanging doors, remove them and paint top and bottom.
Clearance shall not exceed 1/8 inch at jambs, heads or between
double doors, and 1/4 inch at bottom of doors. Verify if doors are
to be undercut at bottom for carpeting. Undercut such other doors
as directed.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08201-2
Page 108
SECTION 08510 . METAL WINDOWS, STEEL
I. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS_ . ^ .
A. WORK INCLUDED
f
1. Provide all Metal Window (Steel) work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS including but not limited to:
1. Metal Windows, Aluminum, in Section 08511;
2. Installing of Windows, in Section 06200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Manufacturer's Data and Shop Drawings.
3. ULI (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) Requirements for
3/4 hour rated steel fire windows.
II. PRODUCTS, EXECUTION
A. MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION
1. Steel Windows. Rusco Industries Inc., Fyre-Tec, 3/4 hour .
rated steel fire windows with automatic closing and locking devices
(no equal is known).
2. Material: All sections of windows shall be of hot-dipped
galvanized steel, rolled formed tubular construction, of 22 gauge
and 24 gauge material.
3. Construction: Windows and glass frames shall be welded.
on both sides at all corners. Screens shall be assembled with
internal reinforcers.
4. Hardware: All hardware parts shall be made of corrosion-
resistant materials or finish. Wearing parts or assemblies shall
be equipped with anti-friction materials.
5. Weatherstripping: Weatherstripping shall be of finest
grade, resilient, water-repellent woven-pile.
6. Glazing: Windows shall be factory glazed with 1/4 inch
wire glass retained with metal splines. Glass area shall not
•exceed 720 square inches.
7. Finish: Windows shall be bonderized to ensure proper paint
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08510-1
Page 109
adherence, and finished by electro-static spraying all exposed sur-
faces with high-grade exterior quality enamel. Finish shall be
baked on at 350° F. for a minimum of 15 minutes. Color shall be
Rusco No. 73-3 (Dark Brown).
8. Assembly: All standard size window units shall be furnishec
completely assembled with glazed panels, screen panels, weather-
stripping and hardware in place. -
B. INSTALLATION
1. Installation (under Section 06200): Installation shall be
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop
drawings. All window units and complete assemblies shall be set
true and plumb and secured in place without forcing and without
super-imposing loads from any source. After setting, check opera-
tion under in use conditions and leave in free and operating
condition.
END'OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08510-2
Page 110
SECTION 08511 . 'METAL WINDOWS, ALUMINUM
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-—_-_——_-___________————
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Metal Window (Aluminum) work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS, including but not limited to:
1. Metal Windows, Steel, in Section 08510.
2. Installing of Windows, in Section 06200.
3. Glass and Glazing in Section 08810.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1. • '
2. Manufacturer's Data and Shop Drawings.
3. AAMA (Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association)
Aluminum Windows.
t
II. PRODUCTS, FABRICATION
A. MATERIALS, FABRICATION
1. Aluminum Windows, horizontal sliding: ; AAMA Master
Specifications Section 1 and Specification A-A2.
»
2. Aluminum Windows, Single Hung: AAMA Master Specification
Section 1 and Specification DH-A2 (for single hung type).
B. FINISH
1. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard using bronze acrylic
enamel over a prime coat.
III. EXECUTION
A. INSTALLATION
1. Installation (under Section 06200): Conform to manufact-
urer's instructions and shop drawings. Set all window units and
assemblies true and plumb, secured in place without forcing and
without super-imposing loads from any source. After glazing, check
operation under in-use conditions and leave in free and acceptable
operating condition.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER. 08511-1
Page 111
SECTION 08710 . • FINISH HARDWARE
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS^
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Furnish and install all finish hardware.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Installing of Finish Hardware in Section 06200.
2. Re-use of existing hardware in Section 02110.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
D. REQUIREMENTS -
1. Hardware, as specified or scheduled hereinafter and on the
Drawings, shall include all required items and shall establish a
type and standard of quality. Any item inadvertently omitted,
or not definitely specified or listed, but that is required for
completion and proper operation of the Project, shall be furnished
in the type and quantity suitable for the service required, and
shall be comparable to items specified for similar use elsewhere
in the Project. '
2. Work in this Section shall be under the direct supervision
of a regular member of the American Society of Architectural Hard-
ware Consultants.
E. SUBMITTALS .
1. Schedule: Before ordering material, submit for approval a
proposed hardware schedule, with all requirements completely de-
tailed, indicating door numbers, materials, and sizes, locations,
quantities, manufacturers' names, catalog numbers, keying, fastening,
finish and hand of each item. The Heading (or Set) Numbers listed
shall be identified with the same numbers used in this specification.
At the time of delivery of hardware, furnish copies of the approved
schedule for use on the Project.
2. Samples: Provide a sample of each item on the proposed
hardware schedule that is not as specified herein. Submitted
samples shall be identified by catalog number and manufacturer's
name.
3. Templates: Furnish templates for all hardware items to be
secured to or installed in metal doors or frames, and for any other
hardware for which templates are required in order to provide for ^^
accurate setting and fitting of such hardware.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08710-1
Page 112
F. PRODUCT HANDLING
1. Deliver all hardware to jobsite packaged to afford pro-
tection against deterioration and damage. Each item shall be clearly
identified and marked to correspond with heading and item numbers
•' in the approved schedule. Each package shall contain all fastening
'«*>* devices, keys and installation and operating instructions. Provide
an adequate quantity of all special spanner wrenches required for
installation of any items.
II. PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL
1. Finishes and all plating shall be first quality, free from
defects and blemishes, and U.S. Standard Finishes, as recognized
by the National Builders' Hardware Association, New York, N.Y., or
manufacturer's special finishes, all as listed in the following
schedule.
2. Fastenings shall be the same material and finish as the
hardware. Furnish expansion shields, sex bolts, toggle bolts or
other anchors and fasteners as may be required according to the
material to which hardware is being applied and as approved by the
Owner. Provide Phillips head type for exposed screws except where
specified otherwise.
3. Hinges for exterior outswinging doors shall have a set
'screw in the barrel to prevent removal of the pin when the door
is closed. Furnish hinges with leaves wide enough to allow door
• to clear trim when fully opened.
4. Keying of locks shall be as directed.
/
III.- EXECUTION
A, GENERAL
1. Location of hardware (nominal dimensions from finish floor
to centerline of items described):
a. Lockset and latchset strike: 36 inches.
b. Hinges:
(1) Top hinge: Not over 9-3/4 inches from the inside
of frame rabbet at head to centerline of hinge.
(2) Bottom hinge: Not over 10-3/8 inches from the
finished floor to centerline of hinge.
(3) Center hinge: Midway between top and bottom
/*** hinges.W ^
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' ' 08710-2
Page 113
2. Application of hardware shall be done in a neat professional
manner by trained and experienced workmen. Hardware shall be in-
stalled and adjusted in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3. Protect hardware after application from damage, paint,
stains and abrasion until acceptance of the work.
IV. SCHEDULE
BUILDING "A"
Hardware No. 1 '
Door 1 and 11, restroom doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USP
1 ea. Push #69 BBW 4 x 16 10B
1 ea. Pull f69-N BBW ' 4 x 16 10B
1 ea. Closer #1603 Norton Stat.
1 ea. Stop IF9079 BBW 10B
Hardware No. 2
Door 7 and 16, existing exterior doors each to have:•
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 ea. ' Lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
1 ea. Stop #F9079 BBW 10B
1 ea. Threshold - existing (no modification)
Door 16 to have:
1 ea. Closer #1603 Norton Stat.
Hardware No. 3
Door 4, 6, 17, interior doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 . Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USP
1 ea. Lockset A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
1 ea. Stop #9079 BBW 10B
Hardware No. 4
Door 2, storage door (relocated interior door) to have:
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08710-3
Page 11A
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing reuse.
1 dummy knob #A172 PLY Schlage 10B
,#"-,, Hardware No. 5 .w
Door 12, interior door (relocated interior door) to have:
•»
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing reuse
1 passage set A160-N PLY Schlage 10B
1 stop #F9079 BBW 10B
Hardware No. 6
Door 8, existing exterior pair of doors to have:
3 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 dummy trim #A172 PLY Schlage 10B
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
1 pr. flush bolts #458 Ives 10B
2 stops #F9079 BBW 10B
Hardware No. 7
Door 18, exterior pair of doors to have:
3 pr. butts #BB1279 NRP 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USP
- 1 dummy trim #A172 PLY Schlage 10B
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
1 flush bolts #458 Ives 10B
2 stops #F9080 BBW 10B
1 threshold #172A Pemko ' Duramodic
Hardware No. 8
Door 3, existing exterior door to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 NRP Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USP
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
1 threshold - existing (no modification)
^tff-
W HARDING STREET
COMMUNICY CENTER 08710-4
Page 115
Hardware No. 9 •
Door, 5, 9, 10; exterior- doors each to have:
1-1/.2 pr. butts *1279 Hager 4-1/2 x' 4-1/2 USP
1 ea. lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
*
1 ea. stop #F9079 BBW 10B
1 ea. threshold #172A Pemko Duramodic
Hardware No. 10
Door 19, telephone closet pair of doors to have:
3 pr. butts #1279 Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USP
2 dummy knobs #A172 PLY Schlage 10B
2 roller catches
Hardware No. 11
Doors 13, 14; bi-fold doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr butts, Hager USP
cylinder lock 12010 (1") Schlage
latch #2331 Adamskite
track & rollers #2624-60,
top guide control Grant
Hardware No. 12
Door 15, bi-fold door to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts Hager USP
cylinder lock #2010 (1") Schlage
latch #2331 Adamskite
floor.slide bolt #B6 Quality
track & rollers #2624-100
top guide control Grant
• HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 08710-5
Page 116 .
BUILDING "B"
Hardware No. 13
Door 1, pair exterior doors to have:
3 pr butts #1279 NRP Hager ' 4-1/2 x 4-1/2
1 set panics #8817 x 8834 TP less eye Von Duprin
1 mort. eye #20-00 1C 1-1/8"
1 astragal std. length required
1 co-ordinator Ives
2 stops #9080x BBW
1 threshold #172A Pemko
Hardware No. 14
Door 2 and 6, exterior pair of doors each to have:
3 pr. butts #1279 NRP Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2
s
2 ea. exit device #8827 Van Duprin
1 ea. astragal std. length required
2 ea. stops #F9080x BBW
1 ea. threshold #172A Pemko
•
Hardware No. 15
Door 3, 4, 5; exterior pair of doors each to have:
3 pr. butts #1279 NRP Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2
2 ea. exit device #8827 Von Duprin
1 ea. astragal Std. length required
2 ea. stops #F9080x BBW
1 ea. threshold #172A Pemko
Hardware No. 16
Door 7, existing interior door to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage' 10B
1 Stop #F9079 BBW 10B
10B
10B
10B
10B
10B
Duramodic
10B
10B
10B
Duramodic
10B
10B
10B
10B
Duramodic
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08710-6
Page 117
Hardware No. 17 .
Door 8, 11, existing exterior doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
I ea. lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
Hardware No. 18
Door 9, 10, restroom doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10B
1 ea.. push 169 BBW 4 x 16 10B
1 ea. pull #69-N BBW 4 x 16 10B
1 ea. closer #1603 Norton Stat.
1 ea. stop #F9079 ' BBW 10B
BUILDING "C"
Hardware No. 19
*
Door 1, pair exterior doors to have:
3 pr. butts #B81279 NRP Hager 4-1/2' x 4-1/2 10B
1 set panics #8817 x 8834 TP less cxc Von Duprin 10B
1 mort. eye. #20-001C 1-1/8" 10B
1 astragal Std. length as required 10B
1 co-ordinator Ives 10B
2 stops #F9080x BBW 10B
1 threshold #172A Perako Duromodic
Hardware No. 20
Door 2, interior door to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10B
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
Hardware No. 21
Door 9, existing interior door (Ticket Office) to have:
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08710-7
Page 118
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
.Hardware No. 22
Doors 3, 4;.restroom doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10B
1 ea. push #69 BBW 4 x 16 10B
1 ea. pull #69-N BBW 4 x 16 IDE
1 ea. closer #1603 Norton Stat.
1 ea. stop #F9079 BBW 10B
Hardware No. 23
Doors 5, 6; storage room pair relocated of doors each to have
3 pr. butts - re-install existing
2 ea. dummy knobs #A170 PLY Schlage 10B
2 ea. roller catches
.Hardware No. 24
Doors 8, 10, 13, 14; exterior doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts #1279 NRP Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10B
1 set ea. panic device #8834 TP Von Duprin 10B
less eye.
"V • '
1 roort. eye. #20-001C 1-1/8" . 10B
1 closer #P7704 Norton " Stat.
1 threshold #172A Pemko . Duramodic
Hardware No. 25
Doors 11, 12; existing exterior doors each to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 set ea. panic device #8834 TP Von Duprin 10B
less eye.
1 ea. mort. eye. #20-001C 1-1/8" 10B
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER - 08710-8
1 closer
1. threshold
'Hardware No. 26
#P7704
#172A
Norton
Pemko
Page 119
Stat.
Duramodic
Doors 15, 16, 17, 18 - interior doors each to have
1-1/2 pr butts #1279 Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 10B
1 ea. lockset #A70PD PLY Schlage 10B
1 ea. stop #F9079 BBW 10B
Hardware No. 27
Door 7, storage room door to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
BUILDING "D"
Hardware No. 28 • •
Door 1, existing exterior door to have:
1-1/2 pr. butts - existing (no modification)
1 lockset #A51PD PLY Schlage 10B
Hardware No. 29
Door 3, pair doors to have:
3 pr. butts #1279
1 lockset #A160D PLY
Hager 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USP
Schlage" 10B
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08710-9
Page 120
SECTION 08800 . GLAZING
I. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
%„,,•
A. WORK INCLUDED
f
1. Provide all Glass and Glazing Work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Mirrors in Section 10800; glass in steel windows in Section
08510.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. FGJA (Flat Glass Jobbers Association)
a. Glazing Manual, 1965.
b. Glazing Sealing Systems Manual.
3. Door and Window Manufacturer's Data.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Provide Installation Drawings and Material Lists in
accordance with Division 1.
2. Conform to UBC (Uniform Building Code) Chapter 54, as
applicable to work of this Project.
II. PRODUCTS
A. GLASS
1. General: Provide glass of thickness related to area and
maximum dimension of each light or pane of glass, as required by
UBC or recommended by glass manufacturer, whichever is more strict.
a. Label each light at time of installation. Show manu-
facturer's name, grade, thickness, type, other criteria. Leave
labels intact until final cleaning and polishing time.
2. Materials: Conform to requirements of FS (Federal Specifi-
cation) SS-G-1403 B(l) for heat strengthened and tempered glass,
DD-G-451 C(4) for other glass, as applicable, otherwise to respec-
tive manufacturer's specifications, ASG (American Saint Gobain
•Corp.), LOF (Libby-Owens-Ford Glass Co.), PPG (Pittsburgh Plate
Glass Co., PPG Industries).
f*"--
W a. Plate glass, clear: FS DD-G-451, Type I, Class I,
quality q3 (glazing); ASG Starlux, LOF Parallel-0-Plate, PPG
Polished Plate.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08800-1
Page 121
b. Heavy sheet glass: FF DD-G-451, Type II, Class I,
quality q5 (A) -quality (B) DS (double strength).
c. Tempered glass, clear: FS DD-G-1403; LOF Tuf-Flex (from
Parallel-0-Plate) . PPG Herculite (heat strengthened Polished
B. GLAZING
1. Glazing Settings: Conform to FGJA Glazing Systems Sealant
Manual for respective setting, as approved by Owner.
a. Indicate on Installation Drawings.
2. Accessories: Conform to FGJA Glazing Systems Sealing
Manual for respective setting.
III. EXECUTION
A. GLASS
1. General Requirements: Conform to FGJA Glazing Manual,
except as modified herein.
a. Requirements for Heat Absorbing. Glass (page 6, para-
graph 12) shall be followed for tinted glass.
f
b. Heat strengthened and tempered glass shall be factory
cut to job dimensions. No field or shop cutting will be permitted.
B. GLAZING
1. Conform to FGJA Glazing Sealing Systems Manual, as shown
on Installation Drawings.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 08800-2
Page 122
SECTION 09101 . METAL S WIRE FABRIC LATH
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS' ^ • ••'•«• —-—• ' • i ' '—•• '—•• • -—• "—' •'" ••
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Metal and Wire Fabric Lath work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. CLPCA (California Lathing and Plastering Contractors' Assoc-
iation) , Reference Specifications for Lathing, Furring and Plastering
in California, except as modified herein.
II. PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL
r. Where metal occurs on exterior face of walls or on exterior
ceilings or soffits, or in interior spaces with moisture or high
humidity conditions, provide with galvanized finish.
f
2. Metal Lath: Federal Specification QQ-L-101, no backing,
weighing not less than 3.4 pounds per square yard, tagged, showing
weight and manufacturer's name. As required by the drawings or
specified herein or by Code or to suit various job conditions, or
meet required fire-resistive situations, provide Type F (flat), or
Type SF (self-furring). Use galvanized lath at locations specified
above. Use painted lath (manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive
type paint) at other interior areas.
3. Wire Lath, for exterior stucco reinforcement: Copper bear-
ing, cold drawn steel wire, galvanized after weaving, with large
openings (1 inch minimum, 2-1/4 inch maximum, 4 square inch area
maximum). Wire size shall be No. 18 gauge^br I inch openings,
No. 17 gauge for 1-1/2 inch openings, No. 16 gauge for 2 inch
openings.i
4. Felt: Asphalt-saturated felt, free from holes or breaks,
weighing not less than 15 pounds per 100 square feet.
5. Line Wires: Copper bearing, cold drawn steel wire, galvan-
ized and annealed, No. 18 gauge.
6. Metal Accessories: U.S. Gypsum, Superior, Penmetal, Wheel-
ing, Keystone, Milcor, or equivalent as approved.
a. Corner beads, for interior use: CLPCA detail 13-A,
equivalent to Milcor' No. 1, 26 gauge, galvanized, expanded metal
with small nose, with 2-1/2 inch minimum wide wings.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09101-1
Page 123
b. Corner beads, for exterior use: CLPCA detail 13-A,
equivalent to Keystone Key-Z-Bead, heavily galvanized.
c. Cornerites: CLPCA detail 20, expanded metal lath,
weighing 2.5 pounds per square yard, bent to two 3 inch wings.
d. Casing beads: . 24 gauge galvanized steel expanded wing
type, with inverted vee at plaster edge of face flange.
e. Strip and corner lath: Metal or wire lath, shaped for
angle reinforcing, outstanding legs of 2 inches, and weighing not
less than 2.5 pounds per square yard.
f. Expansion screeds, control joints: CLPCA details 22
and 23, 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel or zinc alloy, one piece
solid flanges, width as shown, perforated web for ventilating type
at soffits.
7. Nails: For attachment of felt, use 1 inch roofing nails.
For attachment of line wires, use 6d common wire nails. For attach
ment of wire lath, use 1-1/2 inch, 12 gauge, 3/8 inch, self-furring
nails.
8. Staples: Round or flattened steel wire, 7/8 inch legs,
16 gauge wire, 7/16 inch crown, for gun applications. Use hand or
power operated gun as manufactured by staple manufacturer.
9. Wire, for tying: Copper bearing, cold drawn steel,
annealed, galvanized 18 gauge.
III. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. Conform to CLPCA table 5-11 for type of lath in relation to
support spacing (except as modified by the drawings), and for
attachment of lath to supports.
B. METAL LATH, APPLICATION
1. General: Do no lathing until pipes, conduits, and other
mechanical services have been inspected and approved by. the Owner.
2. Where no sheathing occurs, apply felt over supports, hori-
zontally, shingle fashion with 4 inch laps; staple or sprinkle-nail
in place.
3. Apply lath with long dimensions across supports, shingle
fashion, with 1/2 inch side laps and 1 inch end laps. Tie long
edges between supports and tie unsupported ends with wire. Nail or
staple at 6 inch centers. Extend around corners to nearest stud or
8 inch minimum at sheathing.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 09101-2
Page \2k
C. WIRE FABRIC, FELT, LINE WIRES, APPLICATION
1. Where no sheathing occxirs, apply line wires, horizontally,
herringbone style, at 6 inch centers, nail and wrap at each stud,
then drive nail home. Stretch tight but do not displace studding.
2. Apply felt over line wires or sheathing, horizontally,
shingle fashion, with 4 inch lap, and tie with wire between supports.
Nail or staple at 6 inch centers along studs or along lines at 16
inch horizontal spacing over sheathing. Extend around corners to
nearest stud at 8 inch minimum at sheathing.
D. MISCELLANEOUS
1. At junctions to concrete, lap lath or fabric, not less than
6 inches where concrete is to receive plaster or stucco. Secure
with concrete nails at 6 inch intervals.
E. LATHING ACCESSORIES, INSTALLATION
1. General: Set plumb, level and true, or to true radii or to
line. Shim where necessary. Miter at corners. Accurately and
tightly fit exposed joints. Install sections in as long lengths as
practicable. Fasten by nailing or by wiring at not more than 12
inch centers. Fasten corner beads, casing beads, base screeds, etc.,
at not more than 12 inch centers. Secure cornerites at 6 inch in-
tervals at edges only, not in corner.
a. Corner beads: Install for full length of outside
corners, at both interior and exterior areas. •
b. Corner reinforcements: Install at inside corners, except
where lath or fabric is carried around corners.
c. Casing beads: Install for all free edges, where plaster
or stucco abuts against other finish material, and elsewhere as
indicated.
d. Reinforce corners of openings with 9 by 24 inch strips
of galvanized metal lath, tied to reinforcement.
e. Expansion screeds: Cut and separate reinforcement
behind screeds.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09101-3
Page 125
SECTION 09102 . GYPSUM LATH
I. 'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
-—
A. WORK INCLUDED
*
1. Provide all Gypsum Lath work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. CLPCA (California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Assoc-
iation) Reference Specifications for Lathing, Furring and Plastering
in California, except as modified herein.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Gypsum Lath: ASTM C 37, Regular, or X or C where fire-re-
tardant rating is required, plain, perforated or "indented" type,
thickness(es) as shown, generally 16 by 48 inch size.
2. Accessories:
a. Corner beads: Small nose type, fabricated from minimum
26 gauge galvanized steel sheets, with woven mesh flanges.
b. Casing beads: J shape with inverted vee edge on face
flange, fabricated from minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel sheets,
with expanded flange.
c. Cornerite: Minimum 1.75 metal lath coated with rust
"inhibitive paint; or woven or welded wire fabric of minimum 19 gauge
.wire, galvanized after weaving or welding. Pre-shape with out-,
standing legs of not less than 2 inch width.
d. Strip reinforcement: Same as specified for Cornerite,
except in flat 3 inch width strips.
e. Clips: Galvanized steel wire or sheet steel, standard
with or recommended by lath manufacturer.
f. Nails: Federal Specification FF-N-105-B(3), 1-1/2 inch,
13 gauge, 19/64 inch head, blued.
g. Staples: Federal Specification FF-N-105-B(3), 7/8 inch
•leg, 16 gauge wire, 3/4 inch crown, galvanized, for staple gun.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09102-1
Page 126
III. EXECUTION
A. LATH
1. Place with face side out, with long edges at right angles
f to supports. Break end joints at each, course* Place with ends and
•*" edges to "hairline" joints, but do not drive tight; where edges or
ends are not in contact, cover joints wider than 3/8 inch with strip
reinforcement, full length of such joints. Cut by scoring and
breaking to clean joints. Center end joints at supports, except
that end joints may fall on one support when clipped and covered
with strip reinforcement.
2. Nail or staple to supports at 5 inch maximum spacing, for
both vertical and horizontal planes.
B. ACCESSORIES
1. General: Set plumb, level and true, shim where necessary.
Miter at corners, accurately and tightly fit exposed joints.
Fasten by nails or staples at not more than 16 inch spacing (maxi-
mum) along bearings.
a. Corner beads: Install for full distance of outside
(external) corners.
b. Casing beads: Install at all free edges of plaster,
wherever plaster abuts against other finish material, and elsewhere
as indicated.
c. Cornerite: Install for full distance of internal
corners.
d. Clips: Install as required along abutting free edges.
e. Strip reinforcement: Install in 8 inch lengths dia-
gonally at each corner of openings larger than 2 square feet.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09102-2
Page 127
SECTION 09167 GYPSUM PLASTER
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Gypsum Plaster work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. CLPCA (California Lathing and Plastering Contractors' Assoc-
iation) Lathing, Plastering Specification, except as modified herein.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Submit sample panels of finish coats, size 12 by 12 inches,
and provide in-place samples at beginning of this work.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Gypsum Plaster: ASTM C 28-76 for neat or ready-mixed.
2. Sand, for scratch and brown coats: ASTM C 35-70,washed.
In addition to grading requirements in ASTM C 35-70, no.t more than
50 percent shall be retained between any two consecutive series and
not more than 25 percent shall be retained between No. 50 and
No. 100 series.
3. Sand, for finish coats: Fine, white, silica sand, washed,
60 mesh sieve size.
4. Lightweight aggregate: ASTM C 332-66, Group I (Vermiculite).
5. Keene's Cement, for finish coats: ASTM C 61-70, Type I,
for "hard" finish.
6. Interior Stucco, for finish coats: Factory mixed, with
integral color, light green (as required to match existing work,
when dry, at a distance of 5 feet), and fine sand for a finish to
match existing work, suitable for adding water only at the site.
7. Water: Potable, free from deleterious matter.
III. EXECUTION
A. MEASURING AND MIXING . ^
1. Thoroughly machine mix for not less than two minutes. Pro-
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09167-1
Page 128
portion materials so that all batches are identical. Use only clean
tools and equipment, free from hardened or partially hardened
materials. Use plaster within 1/2 hour of mixing. Do not retemper
or use material that has partially set, is caked, or is lumpy.
O B. PROPORTIONING
1. Base Coats:
a. First (scratch) coat 100 pounds gypsum neat plaster,
2-1/2 cubic feet (200 pounds) damp loose sand, water. Gypsum
ready-mixed plaster with water, mixed in accordance with manufact-
urer's instructions, is acceptable.
b. Second (brown) coat: 100 pounds gypsum neat plaster,
3 cubic feet (300 pounds) damp loose sand, water. Gypsum ready-
mixed plaster with water, mixed in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, is acceptable.-
2. Finish Coats:
a. Keene's Cement Finish: Water, 50 pounds lime putty or
25 pounds dry hydrated lime to 100 pounds Keene's cement, and not
more than 1/2 part fine white sand. Mix in accordance with ref-
erenced standards.
b. Interior Stucco Finish: Add water in accordance with
manufacturer's specification.
,*"•• C. APPLICATION
1. Thickness of plaster: In accordance with governing docum.ent
for respective backing.
2. Scratch (first) coat: Apply with sufficient material and
pressure to form bond, then scratch to rough surface.
3. Brown (second) coat: Apply after.scratch coat has set firm
and hard; bring out to grounds, straighten to true surfaces with
rod and darby and leave ready to receive finish coat.
4. Screeds: Wherever grounds of finish surface are too far
apart to serve as guides for rodding, run plaster screeds to estab-
lish exact surface of brown coat. Accelerate first batch of brown
mortar and place narrow strip along wall or ceiling to function as
a ground, placed approximately 6 feet.on centers. Establish true
surface with rod before strips have set. Plumb on walls from base
ground, establish true plane on ceilings with a level.
5. Finish coats: Apply to partially dry base coat or to dry
base coat which has been lightly and evenly wetted, both at optimum
moisture content.
„« a. Keene's Cement: Lay on and scratch in thoroughly,
^ double-back and fill out to thickness of 1/16 to 1/8-inch, with a
true, even surface. Allow to draw for a few minutes, then bring to
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09167-2
Page 129
approved finish, free from cat faces and other blemishes or
irregularities.
b. Interior Stucco: Conform to manufacturer's specifica-
tion to provide a color (when dry) and texture to match existing
adjoining work with no joint or texture or color difference visible
when viewed at distances of 5 and 10 feet.
c. Test with 10-foot straightedge. Allow no variations
greater than 1/16 inch in a 10-foot length in any direction. All
surfaces shall be in-plane, or to true and continuous radii, and
intersections of walls and ceiling straight and level.
D. COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS
1. Remove plaster droppings immediately after each coat has
been applied.
2. Prior to painting, patch defective work. Cut out broken or
damaged plaster to straight lines with clean sharp edges. Cut out
cracks to width of not less than 1 inch. Fill areas to be patched
with base material. Apply a finish coat of same material as ad-
joining plaster. Patched areas shall match adjoining work in finish
and texture. Joinings shall be flush and smooth so that joints will
be invisible at a distance of 5 feet.
,3. At completion of work, remove plaster from beads, screeds,
base, trim, leave work clean, ready for painting.
.»»-«%,
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09167-3
Page 13Q
SECTION 09180 . • PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Portland Cement Plaster work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. CLPCA (California Lathing and Plastering Contractor's Assoc-
iation) Reference Specifications for Lathing, Furring and Plastering
in California except as modified herein.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Submit Sample Panels of finish coat size 12 by 12 inches
and provide in-place samples at beginning of this work.
II. PRODUCTS
A. "MATERIALS
1. Bonding Agent, base coats to concrete: Larsen Products
Weld-Crete, or Maritime Laboratories Heavy Duty Plaster Bonder No. 3,
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150-74, Type I. Plastic Portland
cement is acceptable if no lime is added.
3. Lime: ASTM C 206-68, Type S, hydrated.
4. Finish Coats: Machine-mixed, No. 20 sand, factory-sacked,
for light sand finish. Provide from single manufacturer's batch,
with estimated 5 percent extra delievered to job site at start of
work.
5. Waterproofing Additive: Super Concrete Emulsions, Ltd.
Suconem Red Label.
6. Sand: ASTM C 33-74, clean, fine, granular, natural sand,
•or manufactured sand, free of harmful amounts of loam, silt, soluble
salts and vegetable matter. In general, use No. 20 sieve size.
III. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. Thoroughly machine for not less than two minutes. Propor-
tion materials so that all batches are identical. Use only clean
tools and equipment, free from hardened'or partially hardened
materials. Use mixes within 1/2 hour of mixing. Do not retemper
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 09180-1
Page 131
or use materials that have partially set, are caked, or are lumpy. '
B. PROPORTIONS
1. Scratch and Brown Coats:
* . " i***s*fcL
1 part Portland cement, plus: Waterproofing additive, in
accordance with manufacturer's specification;
4 parts sand for scratch (first) coat;
5 parts sand for brown (second) coat;
1/10 part hydrated lime by weight or 25 percent by volume;
follow manufacturer's directions if used in putty
form (do not use lime if plastic Portland cement is
used).
2. Finish Coat of Prepared Plaster: Add water in accordance
with manufacturer's specification, for fine sand float finish.
C. APPLICATION
1. General: Three coat work, total of 5/8 inch thickness on
concrete, 1 inch thickness on metal lath, scratch coat only where
Tilework wall finish occurs.
a. First coat (scratch): After bonding agent, apply not
less than 5/8 inch thick on metal lath, 1/4 inch on concrete.
•Scratch in horizontal direction only. Keep moist for 48 hours before
second coat is applied.
b. Second coat (brown): Not less than 1/4 inch thick,
wetted for 48 hours and allowed to dry.
c . Third coat (finish): Not less than 1/8 inch thick,
machine applied not sooner than 7 days after application of brown
coat. Dampen surface of brown coat to obtain uniform suction immed-
iately before applying finish coat. Lay out work to permit com-
pletion of an entire area, or carry work to a natural breaking point
or expansion joints. Match approved sample panels.
2. Machine Application:
a. Use only equipment and methods approved by CLPCA and
local Building Code.
b. Protect adjacent surfaces, by masking, drop cloths, etc.
c. Maximum allowable material slumps shall be 3 to 4-1/2
inches at mixer, 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches at nozzle. Perform tests
utilizing standard 2 by 4 by 6 inch slump cones to determine proper
consistency of plaster mix. Amount of water may be adjusted at
mixer, within allowable slump figures above, as necessary to com-
.pensate for field conditions of varying heat, humidity, length of
hose and absorptiveness of surface. Consistency of mix at nozzle
may vary within above slump figures at nozzle, as necessary to
likewise compensate.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 09180-2
Page 132
D. COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS
1. Remove stucco droppings immediately after each coat has
been applied.
2. Prior to painting, patch defective work. Cut out broken or
damaged stucco to straight lines with clean, sharp edges. Cut out,
cracks to width of not less than 1 inch. Fill areas to be patched
with base material. Apply a finish coat of same material as ad-
joining stucco. Patched areas shall match adjoining work in finish
and texture; joinings flush and smooth, so that joints between
existing and new stucco will be invisible.
3. Remove stucco from beads, screeds, base and trim. Leave
work clean, ready for painting,,
END OF SECTION
w
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 09180-3
Page 133
SECTION 09250 . GYPSUM DRYWALL
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Gypsum Drywall work, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. USASU (United States of America Standards Institute)/ANSI
(American National Standards, Inc.) A 97.1 Standard Specifications
for the Application and Finishing of Wallboard.
2. UBC (Uniform Building Code), as referenced herein or by the
local Building Code.
3. ICBO (International Conference of Building Officials) Cards
for fire-retardant assemblies.'
4. UL (Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.) for fire-retardant
ratings.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
,«
1. Gypsum Wallboard, face boards: Federal Specification
SS-L-30, Type HI/ grade R, Class 1 (Regular), or Type III, grade X,
Class 1 (Fire-Resistant), or ASTM C 630, for WP (Water-proof Type),
as noted or specified, tapered long edges, of thicknesses shown on
the drawings, of maximum practicable lengths.
2. Adhesive, for laminating (spot adhesive application):
Product of wallboard manufacturer, solvent type only; water soluble
cements are not acceptable.
3. Nails: Steel, ASTM C 380 for annular ringed (GWB-54), or
ASTM C 514, cement coated (GWB, or cooler).
a. Minimum requirement: Length shall be sufficient to
penetrate wood 3/4 inch.
b. Wallboard to wood: 6d cooler; Use 8d cooler at face
boards for laminated (spot adhesive) application.
4. Staples: No. 16 gauge flattened galvanized wire staples,
with 7/16 inch wide crown (outside measure) and divergent points,
with 1-1/4 inch long legs.
5. Tape and Adhesive, for joint and corner reinforcement and
finish: USASI Standard, product of wallboard manufacturer. Use
perforated tape.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09250-1
Page
6. Metal Accessories: USASI Standards, products of wallboard
manufacturer. Outside corner trim shall be metal corner bead with
taping flanges. Edge trim shall be J channel type, of depth com-
patible with thickness(es) of wallboard. Metal shall be galvanized
f-- steel.
7. Texture Coat: Adhesive material; see later requirements
for mixing.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Fire-Retardant Ratings: At locations designated, provide
respective fire-retardant rated assemblies, in accordance with UBC
Tables No. 43-B and in accordance with further requirements in this
Section.
2. Wallboard, application:
. a. Maximum support spacing shall conform to USASI Standard,
Table 1 for single-ply application.
b. Concealed work requiring inspections shall be approved
before placing wallboard.
c. Maintain temperatures within the buildings, while wall-
r,,, board is being applied, at not less than 45°F. Provide ventilation
-•*„..,, to eliminate excessive moisture.
d. Apply wallboard with long edge of board placed verti-
cally at walls, perpendicular to supports at ceilings. All abutting
ends and edges shall occur over stud face or flange or other
backing. Stagger edges of second and facing sheets in relation to
base sheet and to one another.
e. Stagger joints on opposite faces of walls so that joints
occur on different studs. Use boards of sufficient lengths to
minimize end joints, spanning areas with single length boards where
possible. Start wallboards at ceiling with snug-fit corners.
f. Boards shall be brought into contact, but not forced
into place. Neatly fit ends, edges and around projecting or inter-
secting surfaces.
g. Space fasteners not less than 3/8 inch from edges,
ends and corners of wallboard. Do not stagger fasteners on adjoin-
ing edges or ends. Fasten outward from center of the field of each
board. Drive fasteners straight and snug with heads dimpling
.(slightly below) gypsum wallboard surface, without breaking paper.
h. Space perimeter nails or staples at 7 inch centers for
C , fire retardent areas, elsewhere at 8 inch centers on walls and at
'*"*" 7 inch centers on ceilings, and field nails or staples at 12 inch
centers at each bearing.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09250-2
Page 135
i. Taping and finishing: .
(1) Apply adhesive by machine as recommended by wall-
board manufacturer.
(2) Seal all fastener heads with 3 applications of
adhesive. Final application may be omitted in attic spaces.
(3) Tape and seal all joints and external and internal
corners with 3 applications of adhesive and 1 layer tape. Final
application of adhesive may be omitted in attic spaces.
j. Texture coat:
(1) Call for approval of Owner before application, when
all surfaces are in an acceptable condition.
(2) Apply texture coat (adhesive with required water
added for spray-on application, and solids required to provide Owner-
selected texture) in accordance with the manufacturer's specification
to an acceptable and uniform finish, ready for painter's finish
coats.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09250-3
Page 136
SECTION 09310 - ' CERAMIC TILE
' '- I. . GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
'- ""
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Ceramic Tilework, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. USAS (USA Standard Specifications) approved by USASI (United
States of America Standards Institute)/ANSI (American National
Standards Institute, Inc.):
a. USAS A 137.1-1976 for Ceramic Tile;
b. USAS A 108.1-1976 for Ceramic Tile Installed with
Portland Cement Mortar.
3. Tile Council of Americei, Inc., The Handbook for Ceramic
Tile Installation.
C. REQUIREMENTS • -
1. Certification: Submit with each delivery, a Master Grade
Certificate, on Standard Form of the Tile Council of America,
certifying grades, types and qualities of tile furnished. Deliver
tile in sealed cartons identified with Grade Certificate.
2. Samples: Refer to Special Conditions Section. Prepare
3 pieces of each size and type and color of tile. Lay up 12 by 12
by 12 inch (3-dimensional) sample panel of selected and approved
units, and submit to Owner.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIAL
1. Tile: Conform to USAS A 137.1 and SPR R 61, for Standard
Grade units:
a. Glazed Wall Tile: Glazed tile, 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 -inch,
flat, interior, with glazed tile trim units of size and color to
match adjoining units.
b. Glazed Counter Top Tile: Same as specified for wall
tile, except with double glaze.
2. White Portland Cement: Trinity or Medusa.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09310-1
Page J37
3. Sand: ASTM C 144, fine-graded.
4. Water: Potable.
5. Color Additive: Mineral, limeproof, non-fading. Note that
"deep" colors may occur.
6. Grouting Material: Commercially prepared mix, with integral
color additive.
7. Portland Cement, for mortar: ASTM C 150, Type I.
III. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. Surfaces to receive-tile shall be free of defects. Center
tiles in each area and avoid small cuts of less than 1/2 tile.
Leave planes true, plumb and square, graded to drains or level.
Make corners and returns with trimmers. Drill and cut tile neatly,
without marring. Caulk plumbing and electrical penetrations through
floors or walls.
2. Tile Setting. Conform to USAS A 108.1, for Portland cement
mortar setting, except as modified herein for grouting.
3. Cleaning and Protection.
a. Remove mortar and grout prior to hardening, during
progress of work.
b. ' Leave surfaces clean. After grouting and pointing have
set sufficiently, remove all cement, dust, and other foreign matter
with plain water or mild alkaline cleaners. Protect hardware and
fittings completely from acid and fumes.
c. Protect tile floors after cleaning, with a non-staining
membrane.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09310^-2
Page 138
SECTION 09550 WOOD FLOORING
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Refinishing and Repairs to existing wood
flooring, complete.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. MFMA (Maple Floor Manufacturers Association) Specification,
modified for material of existing flooring.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Wood: Species and size to match existing flooring.
2. Penetrating Sealer: MFMA recommended, tinted to provide
uniform color.
III. EXECUTION
A. REPAIRS
1. Remove damaged units to nearest acceptable units and replace
with new units. Face nail, using finish nails and countersink with
nail set; putty to closely match color of wood.
B. REFINISHING . . ' '
1. Preparatory Work. Check existing floor and re-nail loose
units.
2. Sanding: Machine sand both existing and new flooring to
remove existing finish and to remove stains, scratches, indentations
and other damages that can be removed or corrected by sanding. Hand
sand and scrape areas not accessible to machine sanders. Conform
to MFMA Specifications modified for material of existing wood
flooring.
3. Finishing: Remove all dirt, dust and deleterious matter
by sweeping, dry mopping and by power vacuum cleaners. Apply
penetrating sealer with care being taken to match new and existing
areas, in accordance with MFMA specifications. Power buff by
machine to uniform finish.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 09550-1
Page 139
4. Protection: Immediately after buffing, cover with non-
staining reinforced paper, supplemented with clean plywood in
lines of traffic.
5. Clean-up: Just prior to completion of the Project, remove
protective materials and power buff to uniform luster.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09550-2
Page I'tO
SECTION 09661 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING, BASE
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
("'"
W' A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Resilient Tile Flooring and Base work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
1. Carpet in Section 09680.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Manufacturers' Data.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Provide samples in accordance with Division 1, as requested
by the Owner.
II. PRODUCTS
f , _.T-I--|-.T-r- -i___iL-_L-.:_-.i.._ii
A. MATERIALS
''. 1. General: Deliver basic materials to job in manufacturers'%S*#**'original unopened containers, with brands and names clearly marked
thereon. Store at not less than 70° F. for at least 24 hours
before using.
2. Vinyl Asbestos Tile Flooring (for patching): Federal
Specification SS-T-312B, Type IV, 9 by 9 by 1/8 inch to match
existing tiles.
3. Sheet Vinyl Flooring: Federal Specification L-F-475, Type
II, grade A with an organic backing 72 inch width by 0.9 inch thick.
4. Top Set Wall Base: Federal Specification SS-W-40A (1),
Type I (rubber), style A or B (straight or cove) as shown, height
as shown, 0.125 inch thick, in plain colors, sufficiently flexible
to conform to irregularities in walls, partitions,, floors, and
other substrate.
5. Asphalt Adhesive, cut-back type: Federcil Specification
MMM-A-llOB(l).
6. Asphalt Adhesive, emulsion type: Federal Specification
MMM-A-115A.
/ 7. Water-Emulsion Wax: Federal Specification P-W-155B.w-
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09661-1
Page I'H
8. Metal Edging Strips: Aluminum or light-colored non-ferrous
metal.
9. Non-Metallic Edging Strips: Vinyl plastic, Federal Speci-
fication SS-T-312B, Type III, tapered.
III. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. Do not start work of this Section until work of other trades,
including painting, is substantially completed. Maintain spaces 'in
which this work is to be performed at not less than 70°F., at floor
level, for at least 48 hours prior to starting this work, during
the time this work is performed, and for at least 48 hours after
this work is completed. Provide adequate ventilation to remove
moisture and fumes from the"areas.
B. PREPARATION OF SURFACES
1. General: Surfaces that are to receive this floor covering
and base shall be dry, smooth, firm, sound, and free from oil,
dirt, or other deleterious material.
a. Sweep, vacuum, and damp-mop when necessary, to remove
dust and soil.
b. Grind ridges or offsets to smooth planes. Fill small
holes, and cracks 1/16 inch or greater wide, with an approved non- "*""
shrinking plastic material, fill large holes or depressions with an
approved non-shrinking latex-type underlayment. Trowel-on to
smooth surfaces.
c. Moisture-test concrete as specified by the flooring
manufacturer.
C. APPLICATION, NEW SHEET VINYL
1. Floor Coverings: Apply in accordance with manufacturer's
installation specification (unabridged). Use adhesives recommended
by manufacturer of the flooring for the specific applications.
a. Fit roll flooring by approved methods, including hand
cutting, straight scribing, or pattern scribing. Embed seams and
edges in adhesive. Roll seams thoroughly and weight with sandbags,
where necessary.
2. Base: Conform to manufacturer's specification. Base shall
be of "one-piece" turned-up construction, integral with flooring.
3. Cleaning: Immediately upon completion of an area, dry
clean floors and adjacent surfaces with an approved cleaner to
remove surplus adhesive. No sooner than 5 days after installation,
wash floors with an approved non-alkaline cleaning solution, rinse
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09661-2
Page 142
with clear cold water, and apply one coat of wax and buff by machine.
Cover with non-staining building paper before traffic is permitted.
Place plywood walkways on floors used as passageways.
D. APPLICATION, VINYL ASBESTOS TILE
——————-— ———————'
1. General: Apply resilient flooring work and accessories in
accordance with manufacturer's installation specification (unabridged)
Use adhesives of types recommended by respective floor or base manu-
facturer for the specific application.
a. Flooring: Apply tile floor covering in patterns and
directional, requirements indicated or selected, starting in center
of room or area, and working towards the edges or borders. Keep
tile lines and joints square, in alignment, symmetrical, tight and
even. Leave floors in true and level planes. Border width may
vary, as necessary to maintain full-size tiles in the field, but
use no border tile less than one-half field tile size. Cut, fit
and scribe to walls, partitions, and around projections through
floor. Provide plastic or metal edging where floor covering ter-
minates at points higher than the contiguous finished flooring,
except at doorways whe±e top set thresholds are provided; anchor to
concrete floors with countersunk screws into metal expansion
sleeves. Roll finished floors, weight with sandbags where necessary.
b. Top set base: Apply after flooring has been completed.
Roll, base with a hand roller, then press toe of the base firmly
against wall with a straight piece of wood. Provide not less than
18 inch return at each side of external or internal corners.
2. Cleaning: Immediately upon completion of installation in
a room or an area, dry clean floors and adjacent surfaces with an
approved cleaner to remove surplus adhesive. No sooner than 5 days
after installation, wash floors with an approved non-alkaline
cleaning solution, rinse with clear cold water, and apply two coats
of water-emulsion wax, buffed to an even luster with an electric
polishing machine.
3. Cover cleaned flooring with non-staining building paper
before traffic is permitted. Place board or plywood walkways on
areas used as walkways, and where directed.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER - . 09661-3
Page 14 3
SECTION 09680 RB^T CARPETING
ORIGINAL ^H*™
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Carpeting work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Properly prepared substratas, in Section 02100 or Division
3 (for Concrete) or Section 06110 (for Wood).
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1;
2. Manufacturers Data, Certifications and Test Reports.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Samples and Approvals. Submit, in duplicate, to Owner, 24
by 36 i-nch samples for color and pattern selections, and for
approvals.
2. Certification. Submit to Owner, in writing, notarized
certification that carpeting has been manufactured and installed in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and the
requirements of this Section.
i
3. Maintenance Instructions: Upon satisfactory completion of
the installation, submit to the Owner two (2) copies of complete
maintenance instructions as specified by the manufacturer.
4. Colors and Patterns. Provide as shown on the Drawings.
Carpet manufacturer shall match (to satisfaction of Ov.-ner) such
colors and patterns, even, though such are not available in
rruunufacturer1 s standard color and pattern range, by ru^ns of
special dye and other means.
5. Qualification of Installer: Use an installer approved by
the carpet manufacturer, with not less than 5 years experience in
carpet installation.
6. Delivery of Material. Deliver all materials to the job
site in the manufacturer's bundles; clearly mark as to size, dye
lot, and register number.
7. Before carpet is cut, inspect for defects, color variation,
or shipping damage, and immediately replace if any of these
conditions exist.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 09680-1
Page \kli
8. Performance Requirements.
a. Flameproof carpet in accordance with- and to meet
^, requirements for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials, ASTM E84 of 75 or less, also conform to Federal Carpet
Flammability Standards, Specification DOC-FF-1-70, for carpet face ,
flammability.
b. Smoke emission shall be of a non-toxic nature as
verified by an independent testing laboratory.
c. Test reports are required for all carpet materials,
including adhesives, and such reports shall be on file with the
Owner prior to installation.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Carpet:
a. Construction: 1-level loop, 20 pound pull;
b. Fibers: 100 percent nylon, continuous filament, high
density;
c. Yarn size in pile: 1225-1245, size 3;
^W d. Machine gage: 1/8;
e. Pitch: 206.
f. Stitches per inch: 10.5;
g. Pile weight: 28 ounces/sq. yd.;
. h. Finish pile height: 7/32 (0.219) inch;
i. Coloration: Piece-dyed1
j. Backing: 717 woven jute;
k. Total Weight: 66.3 oz./s.y.;
1. Width: 12 feet.
m. Static Control System. Provide a permanent system which
. shall reduce the electrostatic voltage built-up in the carpet below
that which the average individual will not encounter objectionable
shock, calibrated at a range of 2,500 to 3,500 volts, measured in
accordance with standard method of test established by the carpet
industry at 70 degrees F. and 20 percent relative humidity.C HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09680-2
Page
2. Adhesive. Shall be peel-up type as recommended by carpet
manufacturer, and shall have a flame spread rating of 75 or less.
3. Edge Strips. Clamp-down type, clear anodized aluminum.
4. Protective Covering. Non-staining Kraft-reinforced
building paper (no polyethylene sheeting permitted).
III. EXECUTION
A. INSTALLATION
1. Inspection and Cleaning of Subflooring. Carpet installer
shall perform such before commencement of work, and shall correct
any conditions which will prevent him from doing satisfactory
finished work.
2. Substrata. Dry, free of all wax, grease, paints, or oils,
with concrete washed down with a- muriatic acid solution and rinsed
clean if so directed by the Owner, at no extra cost to the Owner;
broom wood and concrete clean, wet mop (and allow to dry), and seal
concrete floor (if so directed by the Owner, at no extra cost to
the Owner), to a satisfactory condition to receive carpet.
3. Installation. Use direct glue down method with the
manufacturer's recommended "peel-up" type adhesive.
a. Directional Requirements. Run carpeting in the same
direction in each area and lay with the minimum of seams. Submit '
seaming layout to Owner for approval.
b. Bead all cut seams and edges with latex prior to
installation.
c. Edge (binding) Strips. Install at all carpet edges
that do not abut adjoining walls or other fixed vertical surfaces.
Set with 1/2 inch nails (case-hardened steel at concrete) at 6 inch
centers and at 2 inch spacing from joints and ends. Set to true
lines with mitered corners, with carpet fully embedded in edge
strips.
d. Leave carpet free from loose spots, bubbles, waves and
other defective workmanship. Upon completion of installation,
power vacuum to an acceptable condition and cover traffic areas with
non-staining plastic faced building paper until work is ready for
final acceptance; then remove protective coverings and provide
final power vacuum cleaning and remove all traces of adhesive or
other deleterious material.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09680-3
Page
SECTION 09900 PAINTING
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
«»• ""•
'•**• A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Painting work (new work and re-painting of
existing work), complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Shop Priming:
a. Miscellaneous Metalwork in Section 05501.
b. Sheet Metal in S.ection 07600.
2. Paving Striping and Legends in Section 02612.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE, WORKMANSHIP
1. Definition: "Paint" arid "Painting," as used herein, shall
include all finishes required, such as priming, and "Painting,"
..^ undercoats and finish coats of paints, enamel, stain, lacquer,
*^M sealer, and other similar finishes.
2. General Intent: A complete paint job is an acknowledged
intent and requirement of these Documents. It is not possible to
indicate, by schedule or by drciwing, each and every surface to be
painted. Surfaces normally required to be painted for a complete
job shall be included in the work.
3. Delivery, Storage: Deliver only approved materials, in
manufacturer's original unopened containers-with seals unbroken and
labels intact. Store in location and manner as approved by the
Owner, in a well ventilated and lighted space.
4. Colors: Use slightly different colors at priming coat and
at each undercoat to permit identification. Colors shall be ground
by paint manufacturer and incorporated into materials at the plant;
no color mixing will be allowed at the job site unless specifically
approved or directed by the Owner.
5. Submittals: Submit, for approval, samples of each type of
paint finish and color, and a complete material list, before work
is started. Submit in quadruplicate, about 8-1/2 by 11 inch in
size to indicate clearly quality of work and color. Also apply
sample panels to respective surfaces of buildings, where so
f*"" directed by the Owner in sufficient size for proper evaluation.
***"' Finished work shall match approved samples.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09900-1
Page 147
6. Protection of Wor: Furnish and place sufficient drop cloths
to fully protect all parts of work. Remove all paint droppings
entirely, or repair injured surfaces in a manner satisfactory to the
Owner. Hardware plates and other items in place prior to painting,
shall be removed and replaced upon completion of each space. Equip-
ment that is adjacent to walls prior to painting shall be discon-
nected to pe.rmit wall surfaces to be painted, replaced and recon- """
nected upon completion of the painting. "Provide adequate illumi-
nation and heat in order that all work shall be performed in the
proper workmanlike manner.
7. Fire Prevention: Take necessary precautions to prevent fire.
Remove all paint- or oil-saturated rags or waste from the bxiildings
at the end of each working day.
8. Clean-up: Upon completion of painting work, remove all
paint from surfaces adjacent to those painted. Remove rubbish,
paint cans and accumulated materials resulting from work.
9. Extra Paint: At completion of work, furnish Owner with at
least one gallon each of each color and type of paint used. All
extra paint shall be drawn from first lot shipment and be in unopened
containers. Identify containers in an acceptable manner.
10. Workmanship: "Recommended" quality as recognized by
Painting and Decorating Contractors Association. The Contractor
is responsible for uniform colors, textures and finishes of surfaces,
irrespective of materials or number of coats specified.
11. Color Schedule: This will be provided by the Owner.
for "decorator" (custom) colors and conditions involving cutting of
one color against another. Allow for about 4 different basic
exterior colors and maximum of 3 different wall and ceiling colors
in any given interior room or area.
12. Application: Use skilled mechanics. Apply paints by brush
or roller except as otherwise specified. Use paint of proper con-
sistency for each coat, well brushed-out or flowed-on to obtain a
uniform finish free from holidays, brush marks, sags, crawls, or
other defects. Thin materials only as specified by the manufacturer
13. Sanding: Sand enamel or lacquer finish applied to wood
or metal surfaces, between coats, to produce an even, smooth finish.
14. Climate Conditions: Do no exterior painting when temper-
ature is or will be (until paint is dry) below 40 °F. (50°F. for
water-vehicle paint) . Paint shall not be applied in rainy, damp,
dusty, misty or excessively windy weather. Neither exterior nor
interior painting shall be done before the structures have suffi-
ciently dried out and are in acceptable condition for painting.
15. Finish Carpentry, Millwork and Cabinetwork: Prime or
backpaint, other than shop-painted or pre-finished surfaces, within
24 hours after delivery to job site. Apply two coats paint (primer
and filler or undercoat) on top and bottom edges of doors after
being cut and fit but before being hung. Back-prime sheet metal
before installation at job. Prime or seal edges and cut surfaces
of boarding or paneling.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09900-2
. • Page 148
16. Coats: All painted surfaces shall receive a minimum of
1 mil (0.001 inch) total dry film thickness per coat. Allow suffi-
cient time between coats to insure proper drying. The number of
coats hereinafter specified is the minimum to be applied over the
surfaces and materials designated. It is the acknowledged intent
*"" of these specifications to obtain painted finishes of uniform color
and textures, free from cloudy or mottled appearance on surfaces
and evident thinness of coatings on arrises; and to this end all
spot-coating and under-coating shall be done to produce such results,
17. Primers: With the exception of metal primers, all shall
be white in color. On 2-coat areas, primer shall be tinted.
II. SURFACE PREPARATION, NEW WORK
A. GENERAL
1. Remove dust and loose deleterious material from all surfaces
by brushing, or with an air hose. If a surface to be painted
cannot be put in proper condition by methods specified herein,
notify the Owner in writing before applying paint, and obtain in-
structions.
2. Ferrous Metal to be Painted: If not galvanized or factory
finished, clean to sound, bare metal. If primed, clean to sound
paint. Remove grease, oil, dirt, by mineral spirits. Remove rust.
3. Galvanized Metal to be Painted: Wash with a solution of
^, 8 ounces of copper acetate or 2 pounds of copper sulphate in
'•w 1 gallon of water; or with Sinclair No. 12 Galva-Wash or an approved
equivalent. Rinse surfaces treated with solution, using clear water.
Clean galvanized metal the same day it is to be painted.
4. Wood to be Painted: Sand or steel wool, to sound surfaces,
and brush down wood which is to be painted. Putty or spackle nail
holes, minor cracks or open joints, with color of putty matching
finish coat.
5. Plaster to be Painted: Fill minor cracks, holes or other
imperfections with patching plaster or spackle, and smooth off to
match adjoining surfaces. Treat excessive lime conditions with
solution of 3 to 4 pounds of zinc sulphate to each gallong of water.
After application, allow solution to dry, clean off resulting crys-
talization with stiff dry brushes.
6. Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove miscellaneous
residue and foreign material. Alkali or efflorescence shall be
neutralized with mild acid wash (10 percent muriatic acid to water
by volume). Remove all traces of acid solution with clear water,
under pressure. Permit surfaces to dry thoroughly.
7. Drywall, Hardborad, other like materials to be painted:
Dust down with brush or with fine sandpaper.
%*.»•*
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09900-3
• Page 149
III. PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL
1. Use only "first quality" materials. If so directed by
furnish respective manufacturer's affidavit that materials are his
"first quality" line. Obtain Owner's specific approval if products'"
other than those specified hereinafter are proposed for use.
B. MATERIALS • .
1. Masonry Primer: Dunn-Edwards W-701, Sinclair 16.
2. Plaster Primer: Dunn-Edwards W-701, Sinclair 1300.
3. Masonry and Plaster Paint: Dunn-Edwards W-701, Sinclair 1300
4. Primer, Galvanized Metal: Dunn-Edwards 43-3; Sinclair 25.
5. Primer, Non-Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Dunn-Edwards 51-9;
Sinclair PA-32.
6. Undercoat (Metal): Dunn-Edwards 42-23; Sinclair AF-6.
7. Finish Coat for Metal: Dunn-Edwards 42-S; Sinclair AF-6.
,8. Flat Wall Primer: Dunn-Edwards W-101; Sinclair 1770.
9. Flat Wall Paint: Dunn-Edwards W-401; Sinclair 1900.
10. Interior Wood Primer: Dunn-Edwards 42-9; 42-10; Sinclair
975.
11. Primer Sealer for Enamel: Dunn-Edwards Primer-Sealer;
Sinclair 975.
12. Enamel Undercoater: Dunn-Edwards 22-1; 31-1; Sinclair 975.
13. Semi-Gloss Enamel: Dunn-Edwards 5-1, 1-1X; Sinclair 1800.
14. Plywood Siding: Olympic or Cabots opaque stain.
15. Heat-Resisting Enamel: High-heat ferrous metal enamel,
Sinclair AF-6; Dunn-Edwards 1P-755 (Units A & B).
IV. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL, NEW WORK
1. Exterior Masonry and Plaster, Painted:
a. 1st Coat: Respective primer-;
b. 2nd Coat: Masonry and Plaster paint.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 09900-4
Page 150
2. Exterior Ferrous Metal, Painted:
a. 1st Coat: Metal primer;
b. 2nd Coat: Undercoat (metal);
.-*». c. 3rd Coat: Metal finish coat.
W •
3. Interior Drywall, Flat Painted:
a. 1st Coat: Texture Coat (Section 09250);
b. 2nd Coat: Flat wall paint, by roller;
c. 3rd Coat: Flat wall paint, by roller.
4. Interior Plaster, Flat Painted:
a. 1st Coat: Flat wall primer;
b. 2nd Coat: Flat wall paint.
5. Interior Plaster, Enameled:
a. 1st Coat: Primer-sealer;
b. 2nd Coat: Enamel undercoater, by roller, to orange-peel
texture.
c. 3rd Coat: Semi-gloss enamel.
6. Interior Drywall, Enameled:
a. 1st Coat: Texture coat;
b." 2nd Coat: Enamel undercoater, by roller, to orange-peel
texture;
f c. 3rd Coat: Semi-gloss enamel.
%Ss«.^
7. Interior Wood, Enameled:
a. Stage Floor
b. 1st Coat: Pratt & Lambert
c. Pal-Gard (no equal is known)
8. Interior Ferrous Metal, Enameled:
a. 1st Coat if galvanized, and not shop-primed: Metal
. pretreatment;
b. 1st Coat if not galvanized, and not shop-primed:
Respective metal primer;
c. 2nd Coat: Enamel undercoater;
d. 3rd Coat: Semi-gloss enamel.
9. Painted Shelving (except tops of shelves):
a. 1st Coat: Enamel undercoater;
b. 2nd Coat: Gloss or semi-gloss enamel.
10. Interior of Wood Cabinets, including all edges and back side
of door, edges of doors, bottom and edges of shelving, inside
*"* face of backs and ends, and wall or soffit surfaces exposed
v*1"*' within cabinetwork:
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 09900-5
Page 151
a. 1st Coat: Enamel undercoater;
b. 2nd Coat: Semi-gloss enamel.
11. Interior of Drawers, Tops of Utility Shelves:
" 'a. 1st Coat: Sealer stain, tinted.
12. Prime Coat Hardware:
a. Same as specified for adjoining surfaces.
•13. Mechanical, Electrical Equipment: Exposed interior and
exterior piping, ducts, conduit, boxes, panels, terminal cabinets,
similar related items, of mechanical or electrical nature, if not
factory patined: In general, paint one coat (in addition to primer)
to match adjoining work, except as modified as follows:
a. Asphalt Coated Piping.:. • .-One coat of primer and one-finish
coat.
b. Black Steel Pipe: vPaint same as specified for other
metal work,, exterior .or interior. . ' ..... .
c. Insulated Piping: One:coat of glue sizing and one finish
coat to match adjacent surfaces.
d. Registers, Convectors, Air. Duffusers, similar related
items: Two coats of heat-resisting enamel.
e. High Temperature Ferrous Metal: • —
(1) 1st Coat: Ferrous metal primer;
(2) 2nd Coat: Heat-resisting enamel;
(3) 3rd Coat: Heat-resisting enamel.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 09900-6
Page Ly4
SECTION 10162 • ' METAL TOILET ROOM COMPARTMENTS
I.. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Metal Toilet Room Compartment and Urinal
Screen work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Built-in backing or blocking at walls in Section 06100.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
D. QUALITY CONTROL
1. . Furnish template information to the Contractor for wall-
secured items.
2. Protect work of this section until acceptance of the Project
•by the District; replace damaged work (patching not acceptable) with
new work at no extra cost to the District.
II. PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL ' -
1. Type: Floor supported pilasters.
2. Finish: Baked enamel.
3. Colors: Manufacturer's standard as selected by the Owner.
B. MANUFACTURERS
Floor Mount
Sannymetal Products Company, Inc.: Academy
Henry Weis Mfg. Co.: Hi-Stile
C. HARDWARE AND FITTINGS
1. Fasteners shall be corrosion resistant and vandal-proof
type.
2. Attachment brackets shall be non-ferrous metal as standard
with the manufacturer.
3. Pilaster attachment to floor shall be concealed with a
3 inch high theft-proof stainless steel shoe, held in place with
concealed anchor clips without use of exposed screws.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 10162-1
Page
4. Door hardware shall be non-ferrous metal with chrome plated
finish, 'except for the stainless steel latch bolt. Hinges shall
be gravity type. Provide coat hook door bumper and door stop/
keeper with rubber bumper. Provide semi-flush type bumper on
exterior face of outswinging door that is against side wall when
open. •
III. EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. Conform to drawings and securely fasten all work in place,
plumb and level.
B. FASTEN PILASTERS
1. Fasten pilasters to concrete floors with expansion shields
(no lead plugs) .
C. INSTALL ALL HARDWARE
1. Adjust door operation and clean off all dust, dirt and
fingerprints .
D . CLEAN-UP
1. Remove all debris and surplus material resulting from this
work .
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 10162-2
Page
SECTION 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Toilet Room Accessory Work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Toilet Room Compartment in Section 10162.
2. Blocking and backing to receive these accessories in other
respective Sections.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Provide template information to other respective crafts for
required drilling, or blocking and backing for securing toilet room
accessories.
2. Leave in well-fitting and tightly secured positions.
II. PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS
1. Notice: For convenience, the following are products of
Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Equivalent products of Charles
Parker Co., or Hall-Mack Division of Textron Co. are acceptable.
a. Grab Bars: Bobrick, B-550 Series, No. B-5501 x 48
and B-550 x 24 as shown;
b. Toilet Paper Holders: Bobrick No. B-667;
c. Seat Cover Dispensers: Bobrick No. B-301;
d. Paper Towel Dispensers/Disposal: Bobrick No. B-3944;
e. Sanitary Napkin Dispensers: Bobrick No. B-350, 10 cent
type;
f. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Bobrick No. B-353;
g. Soap Dispensers: Bobrick No. B-201;
h. Mirrors: Bobrick No. B-165,- 1824, stainless steel frames;
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 10800-1
' Page
i. Partition-Mounted Combination Seat Cover Dispenser/
Napkin Disposal/Toilet Tissue Dispenser: Bobrick No. 357;
j. Partition-Mounted Combination Seat Cover Dispenser/
Toilet Tissue Dispenser: Bobrick No. 347.
III. EXECUTION
A. INSTALLATION
1. Use skilled workmen.
2. Replace any units damaged during installation with new units
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 10800-2
Page i 5-F
SECTION 10900 KITCHEN APPLIANCES
' I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
. !
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Kitchen Appliance work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Gas and electric service of proper capacity to points-of-'
connection, in Divisions 15 and 16 respectively.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. Manufacturer's Data.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Submit manufacturer's complete descriptive data and rough-in
dimensions for gas and electric services.
II. PRODUCTS .
A. NOTICE
1. Manufacturer's names as used herein are descriptive but not
restrictive. Equivalent products of other kitchen appliance manu-
facturers may be submitted to the Owner for approval.
B. APPLIANCES
1. Building "B" (Recreation Bld'g, Kitchen):
a. Cook top - "Thermador" #TMH45A,~ Dimensions: 45" x 21-3/4"
x 2-3/4"; stainless steel finish, 208V, 50 amp.
b. Warm Drawers (2) - "Thermador" #SHO-1 with Insert Pan
Set #WDP-5; Dimensions: 10-1/4" x 23-3/4"; Insert Pans: stainless
steel, 120V, 2 wire 60 cycle, 1 phase, 15 amps.
c. Double Oven - "Thermador" tMSC 28; Dimensions: 51-3/8"
x 23-7/8" x 24"; 120/240V, 3 wire, 60 cycle, 1 phase. Doors: top -
#MSC1G with stainless steel finish; bottom - tM3 with stainless
steel finish.
d. Hood - "Thermador" Tradewind IH98-48, stainless steel
finish, 3-1/4" x 10" duct by others; wall cap #1255-1.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 10900-1
Page 1^9 •
e. Dishwasher - "KitchenAid" #KDI-18 Imperial with stainless
steel door, 115V, 60 cycle. .
2. Building "A" (Center Office Building):
a. Kitchen Unit: Complete with gas range, refrigerator,
sink and countertop, integral end panels and upper cabinet and back
splasher. Dwyer Model IG42EC, or ACME Model #RG-36Y-39, or approved
equivalent.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET -' -'
COMMUNITY CENTER 10900-2
Page
SECTION 11970 STAGE LIGHTING AND CONTROL SYSTEM
&• *~ ' •
%*t" I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide, test and place In operation, the necessary equipment for a
complete stage lighting, dimming ,and control system.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Line voltage wiring systems to point s-of -connection (for work of this
Section 11970) in Section 16100.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1;
2. Manufacturer's Data.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Data and Approvals. Submit, in triplicate, catalog cuts and descriptions
of all equipment, including point s-of -connection for required line voltage service
and diagrams for all wiring, for review by Owner.
2. All items of equipment and individual components where applicable standards
***** have been established, shall be listed by the Underwriters1 Laboratories, Inc. and
shall bear the UL label when delivered and installed on the job.
3. Drawings and Operating Information. One sepia and three sets of shop
drawings shall be furnished for Owner' s approval prior to fabrication of the
equipment. Sepia to be returned, appropriately marked as the approval document.
*4-. When the installation is complete, the Owner shall be supplied with two
sets of "As Built" drawings, which shall be incorporated as part of the Operation
and Maintenance Manual to be provided to Owner. Operation and maintenance infor-
mation shall be provided on all major units and principal components of the system.
5. The manufacturer of the control and dimming system shall have an engineering
representative on the job after installation has been completed and prior to ener-
gization of the system to test and adjust the system, and to instruct persons designated
by the Owner in operation and maintenance of the system. Such engineering services
shall be furnished within fourteeen days of written request by the Owner.
6. Workmanship. The manufacturer shall be one who has been continuously
engaged in the production of theatrical control equipment for at least ten years. Pro-
vide materials and workmanship by a firm regularly engaged in work of this type for
a period of two years prior to award of Contract, and submit evidence of same to
the Owner.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 11970-1
Page
7» If required by the Owner, provide working samples of equipment to be
delivered to the premises designated for examination prior to approval.
8. Substitutions. All proposals shall include the name of the manufacturer *
and a list of five or more operating systems of the type specified which meet the
designated performance and control functions. Provide pertinent performance data,
charts and drawings showing the system will function in accordance with the re-
quirements and/or in what way it will deviate from the specifications. Any additions
or revisions of wiring required by the use of approved substituted equipment, whether
such wiring be part of the stage equipment contract or installation contract, shall
be the responsibility of the subcontractor making the substitution,
9» In-Place Maintenance. Guarantee installation performance for a period
of one year following date of Notice of Completions normal wear and tear (in the
opinion of the Owner) excluded. Promptly repair or replace with new and accept-
able items all defective material and workmanship during this one-year period.
Patch Panel, Dimmer Bank and Control Console shall have Warranty coverage for a
period of at least two years. .
n. PRODUCTS
A. EQUIPMENT LIST
1. , For convenience, the following equipment manufactured by Berkey Colortran,
Inc. are listed as a. standard of quality; equipment of other manufacturer's may be
submitted for review by the Owner and may be used subject to specific approval by
the Owner.
CONTROL CONSOIE (one) Series #200-1*K)
a. Function: Console shall be two scene and shall contain the following:
1. Two linear potentiometers per charmel for 12 dimming channels. Each
potentiometers shall be calibrated from one to ten, in half steps. The potentiometer
shall serve to modify the control voltage to its associated dimmer. One potentiometer
in scene one shall be provided to permit control of dimmers in an independent mode.
2. One 3 position pushbutton mode selector switch per channel preset,
off, independent for 12 channels. These switches shall transfer channel control
from independent control' to Master Control to off.
3. One Independent Master shall proportionally master all individual
controllers assigned to the "Independent" mode.
**•. One Grand Master shall proportionally master all individual controllers
and shall consist of a potentiometer driven through a calibrated bezel by a lever
controller extending through the face of the console. The Grand Master shall be
calibrated in twenty engraved and filled steps on the bezel.
HARDING STREET .
COMMUNITY CENTER ." 11970-2
Page
5. Scenes shall be capable of pile on operation with dimmers
responding to the highest applied individual control voltage (pile-on).
6. Provide 3 nondim switches, pilots and Nondim Master.
7» Provide by-pass switch for house.
8. Provide "Emergency" Switch.
9. Provide two house light controllers.
10. Provide a system key switch which shall control A.C, power to
the control console for power supply and status lights.
b. Mechanicalt
1. Individual channel controllers and associated diodes shall be
mounted on individual printed circuit cards.
2. Pushbutton mode selector switchboards and associated diodes shall
be mounted on individual printed circuit cards. They must be selective pushbutton
type, toggle switches are not acceptable.
3. All controllers shall be flat path, direct drive, viscous loaded,
continuous element potentiometers.
4-. Pilot light shall be light emitting diode type or incandescent lamp
type as needed. Master pilot lights shall indicate the relative level of the
associated master.
5» Electrical interconnections between circuit cards shall be made through
mechanical connectors. Solder connections are not acceptable (except masters).
6. All control components will be completely factory prewired and all
control wiring shall be color coded.
7. All pots, switches, pilot lights and connectors shall be recessed
beneath the control console frame.
8. Control wiring shall be wired to UL-listed terminal block.
9. Potentiometers shall be mounted on no less than 1" centers.
10. The effective scale length shall be no less than 2-3/8" and this
shall be clearly graduated from "0" to 10 with half divisions indicated.
11. Each lever shall be fitted with a moulded knob.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 11970-3
Page 1
DIMMER MODULES - Series #166-100/200
a. General:
1. The input impedance of the control electronics shall be 100 kilohms,
2. The control voltage range shall be 0. to plus 12 volts D.C. for full
range of output.
3. All dimmer adjustments shall be made at the factory to provide linear
voltage curve. The control curve shall be within plus or minus 5% for inputs from
1.8 volts to 12 volts D.C. No user adjustments will be required. Dimmer response
shall be insensitive to the phase from which this control signal is taken.
b. Electricalt
1. Each dimmer chassis shall contain a fully magnetic circuit breaker
which shall also be used as a disconnect. Current limiting fuses for short circuit
protection of the SCR's are not required nor employed. Each dimmer shall contain
its own protective circuit breaker.
2. The dimmer shall be capable of hot-patching cold incandescent loads
up to its full rated capacity, in any size step including full load without mal-
function, or change in operation, independent of the dimmer setting.
Jt A neon pilot light shall be provided on the face to indicate that
the dimmer is energized. -""""s
^-. A lockout tab shall prevent accidental installation of a dimmer with
a capacity greater than that of the load circuit.
5» The dimmer shall be designed to operate satisfactorily on 60-cycle,
120-volt or 208-volt, A. C. lines, and in ambient temperatures from zerp degrees
to 40 degrees Celsius.
6. The output of each dimmer shall be A.C., and at maximum output
approach a full sine wave. It shall be symmetrical with respect to the zero
voltage axis at any point on the dimming scale.
Each dimmer shall be capable of regulation within - 2-1/2$ from 1$ of rated load
to full rated load at any point on the dimming curve.
At any load greater than zero, the output of the dimmer shall be zero volts (no
conduction by the SCR's) with circuit controller at zero.
7. The reaction time of the dimmer shall not exceed JO cycles, or 1/2
second. This shall be measured from the initiation of a new input signal until the
dimmer reaches steady state condition.
HARDING STREET .
COMMUNITY CENTER - 11970-4
Page
8. The SCR peak gate current shall exceed 1,0 anperes to insure
reliable operation.
2Minimum half cycle surge ratings and I t of the main thyristors
must equal or exceed the following:
3KW 6KW_ 12KW
I Surge 700 ... 1200 1600 amperes
I^t 2000 ' 6000 10,700 amperes second
9. Main power contact surfaces shall be flat and of sliding wiper design,
with a surface contact area of not less than .8 square inch per contact pair.
10. Output voltage shall be automatically regulated for incoming line
voltage variations, except that output voltage cannot be increased above a level
equal to the difference between normal incoming line voltage and dimmer insertion
voltage drop. The isolation ration (ratio of input change to output change) shall
be greater than 10:1 .ie, for an input change of 10V, no more than + IV change may
occur in output.
c. Filtering: Each chassis shall contain an inductive type filter to
accomplish the following:
1. Limit the objectionable harmonics-.
2. Limit the radiated radio frequencies on conductors.
3. Modify the steep wave front of the switching action of the thyristors
to reduce noise of an acoustical origin in the lamp filament loads.
4. The load voltage rise time, at full load and at 90° firing angle,
shall be 600 microseconds or more, measured 10/6 to 90/6 of rise.
d. Thermal:
1. Maximum heat loss for each dimmer type shall be as follows:
1.2KW CRD-B dimmer 170.5 BTU/hr
1.8KW 255.7 BTU/hr
2.4KW/2.5KW 3^1.0 BTU/hr
3.0KW 426.3 BTU/hr
3.6KW 511.5 BTU/hr
5.0KW 682.0 BTU/hr
6.0KW 852.6 BTU/hr
7.2KW 1023.0 BTU/hr
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 11970-5
Page
e, Mechanicalt
1. Individual dimmer units shall be built in the form of a chassis
assembly equipped with a steel face plate. The face plate shall be equipped with
a handle for easy withdrawal. Dimmer modules shall not weigh more than IS Ibs.
for 3KW units, 223bs. for 6KW units and 28 Ibs. for 12KW units. All dimmer
modules, regardless of capacity shall be 19-1/8" long, 10-3/8" high, and 7-3/8"
wide.
2. The preamplifier shall be mounted on a plug-in printed circuit
board within the main housing, readily removable for ease of servicing.
3. All resistors shall be metal film, or wire-wound; wire-wound
resistors shall have no more than + 5$ tolerance; metal film resistors shall
have no more than + 2.5$ tolerance.
4. All semiconductors shall be constructed of silicon active elements
for high temperature stability and reliability.
5. The dimmer shall contain only solid state devices. No relays, tubes,
or moving parts are used. Cooling of the dimmer shall be by convection cooling only.
Fans, blowers, or external forced air circulation shall.not be required if the air
temperature maximum is *K)°C, or below.
*
6. Sound levels two feet from dimmer at 1BO° firing angle, fully
loaded ares
•~
52 dbA with 39 dbA ambient (typical)*
*Data obtained with 3KW dimmer.
7. An access port shall be provided in the front of each dimmer to allow
access to a monitor connector and, the curve adjustment potentiometers. It shall
be possible by using an accessory test fixture to locally control and monitor the
performance of a dimmer by plugging the test fixture into this connector.
DIMMER RACK - Series #167-000
1. This rack shall be constructed of steel structural members enclosed
by no less than code gauge steel panels removable on all sides. These panels
shall be finished in dark blue hammertone baked enamel over acid wash primer.
2. Each dimmer position shall contain guide rails and a connector to
mate with a plug-in type Colortran electronic CRD-A or CRD-B dimmer or approved
equivalent.
3. Ventilation shall be provided in the form of louvers in the facing
panels. Air shall be drawn into the bank through the bottom of each dimmer chassis
and exhausted through the rear panels indicated above. No forced air fans shall
be required.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 11970-6
Page
^, The entire system shall be rendered operative or inoperative by
-an across-the-line circuit breaker, as specified,
' -
5» Output terminals for all external wiring connections shall be
installed in either side of the rack.
6. Bussing shall be so arranged so as to permit the use of 120/208
volt 3 phase, k wire input service to the systems, unless otherwise specified.
7. The rack shall not exceed 30" high, 25" long, and 29" deep,
shipped in one section. The section shall contain the following:
12 - 2.14-kw CRD/B Dimmer Modules
3 - 2,^kw Non-Dim Relay
9-20 amp Branch Circuit Breakers
1 - Bypass Relay for House Lights
DISTRIBUTION CENTER - HANGING CORD TYPE - Series #169-000
1, The Patch Panel shall consist of a factory finished assembly con-
taining all necessary plugs, jacks, and circuit breakers to provide a flexible
interconnecting system between load circuits and power outlets.
2, The framework shall consist of formed steel members completely
covered on all sides. The frame shall be enclosed with 16 gauge steel and 1/8"
aluminum panels. Finish shall be dark blue baked enamel over acid wash primer.
3, It shall contain jacks in quantities specified, which shall be
mounted on 1/8" aluminum panels with identification strips to identify the groups
of jacks.
k. The jack contact surfaces shall be a beryllium copper, pressure
spring. The jack shall maintain contact with the inserted plug along a- minimum
of four contact surfaces.
5. The front of the jack shall incorporate an insulating cylinder, which
prevents electrical contact except by a plug thrust into the jack; the length of
the cylinder and insulated portion of the plug tip being such that an operator
cannot receive a shock when inserting or removing the plug from the jack. The
slotted tube-type receptacle will not be accepted.
6. Plug handles shall be of high impact molded material, contoured
wider at the handle top than near the base. Plugs shall be solid copper with a
one piece handle/insulating sleeve to provide 100$ dead entry. Slit rod type
plugs or 2 piece insulating systems will not be accepted. Plug rear shall include
circuit identification. Plugs shall be supported on 1/8" aluminum panels.
WHARDING STREETCOMMUNITY CENTER 11970-7
Page i b7
7. A flexible single conductor cable connected .to the plug shall support
the plug when it is not in use. The other end of the cable shall terminate in
fully magnetic load circuit breakers on the front of the panel. The cords shall
hang from a side or bottom aluminum panel. The panel shall be designed for wall
mounting. The entire assembly shall be D/t listed and labeled.
8. The Patch Panel shall be 29" long, 37" high, 10" deep.
9. The Patch Panel shall contain the followingt
30-20 Amp Load Cords and Circuit Breakers
54- - 20 Amp Jack 12 fields of 4 - CRD/B
3 fields of 2 - Non Dims
1 - Cord Retaining Shelf
BORDERLIGHTS (6) Series #216-001 (6' long)
1. Housing - aluminum and steel.
2. Optical Train - medium screw base Par-38 and R-*fO lamps.
3. Socket Assembly r.UL Listed, porcelain insulated rated for 600 volts,
660 watts, continuous operation.
^. Mounting - heavy steel straps, malleable iron, painted C-clarap for
up to 2" I.D. pipe.
5. Electrical - 36", 3 wire asbestos leads with connector as specified
by manufacturer requirements,
SOFT EDGE SPOTS (18) Series #21*J~012
1. Housing - textured steel.
2. Optical Train - medium pre-focus base tungsten halogen lamps, specular
Alaak reflector, 1-6" thermal fresnel lens in a swing away door for lamp relacement.
Thermally insulated slide focus mechanism,
3. Socket Assembly - UL listed, procelain insulated, rated for 250 volts,
1200 watts, continuous operation,
^, Mounting - heavy steel yoke, malleable iron, painted, C-clamp for
up to 2" I.D. pipe.
5. Electrical - 36", 3 wire asbestos leads with connector as specified
by manufacturer requirements.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 11970-8
Page
FRAMING SPOTLIGHTS (12) Series #213-002
Vk.s
1. Housing - aluminum and steel, textured finish. Cool focus handle
and color frame holder with safety lock.
2. Optical Train - medium 2 pin base 500 watt, 750 watt, and 1000 watt
tungsten halogen lamps, specular Alaak reflector, 1-4.5" x 9" Borosilicate Plano-
convex lens, and 1-8" x 9" Borosilicate stepped lens in a variable zoom train,
adjustable for soft or hard edge focus, gate assembly with four adjustable nichrome
steel framing shutters, each operating in its own independent plane, through plus
or minus 30 degrees of rotation anywhere in the gate, with up to 120 degrees total
angular rotation between adjacent blades, equipped with thermally insulated handles.
3. Socket Assembly - UL listed, steatite insulated, die cast aluminum,
rated for 600 volts, 1000 watts, 200 degree C continuous operation. Socket shall
be precision focus type TP-22 or equal.
4. Mounting - heavy steel yoke, malleable iron, painted, C-clamp for
up to 2" I.D. pipe.
5. Electrical - 36", 3 wire Teflon leads with connector as specified
by manufacturer requirements.
/
CONNECTOR STRIPS (3) 18' series #172-000, (1) 12' series #172-000
,<**»>• 1. Wire-way - 16 gauge, cold rolled steel, 4" x *<•" x 18' or 12' long
pre-vired with terminal strips for feed connections and to pigtails terminating
in receptacles.
2. Pigtails - shall be IB" long, rubber covered type S, SO or ST with
strain relief clamps.
3. Mounting - shall be with l/b" x 2" x 12" long brackets at 5' on center.
Provide U-bolts each bracket for fastening to up to 2" O.D. pipe.
*f. Electrical - 20 amps to 100 amps as per equipment requirement and
manufacturer recommendations.
FLOOR POCKETS (**) Series #17^-600
1. Recessed code gauge steel box (wood floor installation) with cast
iron cover.
2. Four outlet configuration.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 11970-9
Page
SECTION_12550 ^ ._ DRAPERIES AND CURTAINS
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
UK/f-iiMAlA. WORK INCLUDED:ORIGINAL
1. Provide all Drapery and Curtain work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Structural Supports for tracks and battens in Section 06110.
*
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1.
2. CAC (California Administrative Code) Title 19.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Flameproofing, All Fabrics:
a. Conform to the requirements of CAC, Title 19. Furnish
the Owner with a copy of the Flameproofing Applicator's State of Calif-
ornia "Flame-proofer's Certificate".. This certificate will be checked
for authenticity through the City of Carlsbad Fire Department.
b. Affix legal flameproof applicator's tag to each piece of
drapery. On draperies reaching to the floor attach tags at a height no±
'less than 7 feet and no greater than 8 feet. Each individual piece oi\~J
drapery shall have permaneltly sewn to the back a flameproofing test
swatch, 12 inches square lecated in the approximate center of the dra-
pery piece.
c. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall fur-
nish a certificate of compliance to the City of Carlsbad Fire Marshal.
and to the Owner, stating:
1) The Project name.
2) The name of the fabric manufacturer.
3) The trade name of the fabric used.
4) The flame resistance of the fabric.
5) The date of installation.
6) The name and address of the fabricator/installer.
2. Qualifications of Fabricators: -Provide Certification in an ace-
table form, showing at least 3 years experience and a list of at least
3.local (San Diego County) installations.
3. Workmanship:
a. Use only experienced drapery workers and-provide drapery
HARDING:.STREET:;• ~l'.3
COMMUNITY CENTER
12550-1
Page tb<\
workroom facilities, work table, machines, etc., with ample room for
tabling and handling fabrics without folding or bundling. During the
progress of this work and during normal working, hours, the workshop
shall be open for the Architect or District Inspector to inspect
facilities, materials, workmanship, etc.
b. Seams shall be vertical type, material being fed straight
to machine, equally lapped aridhstr etched and shall finish free from
wrinkles and sags. Properly clip selvedge edges and finish draper ies
square and true. Cross seams will not be allowed or accepted. Do not
use material with cut width less than 1/2 material width.
c. Use only experienced drapery hangers and trim draperies
to hang evenly. Defects in operation shall be corrected before accep-
tance of the Project by the Owner. Approximately 30 days after accep-
tance, cretrim all drapery work as directed by the Owner at no extra
cost to the Owner.
4. Special Notes:
a. Verify all dimensions and conditions at site and be respon-
sible for all draperies and curtains and related work and rigging being
made of the proper size to fit existing conditions.
b. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall demon-
strate and instruct the Owner as to the proper operation of all draper-
ies, curtains and related equipment.
II . PRODUCTS
A. FABRICS;
1. Fabric for all Draperies and Curtains: "PYRAMID REP" as man-
ufactured by Maharam Fabric Corporation, Los Angeles; or "CARMEN
CLOTH" as manufactured . .. ., .......'-...
B. FABRICATION AND RIGGING; Refer to "Part III Execution" of this
Section for specific items.
Ill . EXECUTION
A . REQU IREMENT S '
1. All Platform and Wall Draperies shall be made with a minimum
of 50% fullness added. Fullness shall be evenly distributed and shir-
red into the top and securely stitched to 3-1/2 inch eight pound jute
webbing.
2. Hems for draperies extending to the floor line: Provide 6 inch
bottom hems with a canvas pocket and 1/2 inch chain for weight, inserted
and fastened to prevent crawling. At traveling draperies provide 1
inch off-stage hems and 4 inch on-stage hems. At other draperies pre-
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 12550-2
Page 170
vide 3 inch bottom hems and 1 inch side hems.
3. At traveling draperies: Provide a topping of 3-1/2 inch jute
webbing applied at back of shirred drapery fabric and a 3-1/2 inch facing
strip of face material applied in front of shirred drapery fabric,
stitched top and bottom of facing strip through two thicknesses of dra
pery fabric and one thickness of jute webbing. Grommet with No. 2
grommets 12 inches o.c., except at bn-stage hems use 6 inch centers
spacing. Suspend drapery by "S" hooks and trim chains from carriers in
track.
4. All other draperies similarly fabricate and provide No. 2 gro-
mmets and tie lines of No. 6 braided cotton sash cord spaced at inter-
vals of 9 inches for attachment to battens.
B. RIGGING;
1. Eixed Curtains and Drapery: Attach each to 1-1/4 inch steel
theatrical pipe batten 1 foot wider than the drapery it is to carry*
dead hung on 3/4 inch chain from, ceiling pipe supports provided under :.:--::
other sections of the specifications. Provide 1/2 inch diameter mach-
ine bolts installed through holes drilled thorugh the pipe batten towards
the end from the outer chains to prevent slipping of battens in the chain
loop.
. . a. Suspend track fixed curtains and drapes by 1 inch trim
chains from eye-bolts (3/8" x 4") installed in continuous 2 inch by 6
inch wood member attached to ceiling. (Ceiling supports, eye bolts and
wood provided under other sections of the specifications).
2. Traveling Curtains and Drapery: '
a. Track and Related Hardware: Provide steel theatrical cur-
tain tracks of 14 gauge, cold drawn steel, entirely enclosed except
for slot in bottom. Each eomplete drape track shall be provided in two
sections with sections overlapping 2 feet at center of platform. Each
of the sections shall be one continuous piece of track, free of any
riveted, welded, or other mechanical joints regardless of length of
section of track, and shall be furnished complete with carriers, master
carriers, pulleys, tension blocks, and cables.
.1
b. Carriers and Pulley Blocks: Support each curtain carrier
on ball bearing, rubber-tired carriers, and equip all pulley blocks
with steel ball bearing wheels adequately guarded.
c. Manufacturer's: Track shall be No. 280 as manufacturered by
Automatic Devices Company, Allentown, Pennsylvania, or No. 150 as man-
uf acturered by Vallen, Inc., Ohio, or equal.
d. Installation: Suspend each track for traveling curtains
and drapes 1 inch chains with an addition 1 inch safety chain at each
end from 2 inch diameter steel pipe battens suspended by 1 inch chains
from ceiling supports.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ___
""" 12550-3
Page ni
3. Rigging for Side Wing Draperies:
a. Suspend each side wing drapery from a one inch diameter pipe
batten, secured to the pivot arm and fabricated as specified in para-
f"*" graph B.I. 'above. Each pivot arm. is to be supported by a 16- foot long
***** section of steel drapery track, which is suspended as specified in para-
graph B.2.d. above. Provide one drapery rake to operate the pivot leg
arms from the floor.
b. Pivot leg arms as manufactured by "Marco" Clancy #444, or as
supplied by Olesen Co., 1531 Ivar Avenue, Hollywood, California 90028;
or approved equal.
c. Track #170 as manufactured by Automatic Devices Co.; or
No, 76160 track as supplied by Oleson Co.; or approved equal.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER
12550-
Page 170-
SECTION 15400 . PLUMBING
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ^
A. GOVERNING DOCUMENT . '
1. Division 1.
B. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Plumbing work, complete, including but not
limited to:
a. Sanitary soil, waste and vent systems, including
extending vents through existing roof.
b. Domestic hot and cold water systems.
c. Excavation and backfill for plumbing work.
d. All plumbing fixtures and other miscellaneous items
of equipment required for the complete installation.
e. Connections to equipment furnished by others, unless
indicated otherwise on the drawings or in other sections of
specifications, including all drains, whether indicated or not
in drawings, if required for proper function of system., .--^
f. Provide all temporary water service necessary for
the construction of the work of this Section.
g. Jr. fire sprinkler systems with flow switch and
alarm bell. '
h. Insulation of domestic hot water lines.
i. Unit heater and thermostats with 24 volt transformer.
j. Rangehood exhaust and wall outlet.
C. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS, including but not limited to:
1. Electrical work in connection with plumbing work in
.Division 16.
2. Concrete work. Saw cutting as required for plumbing
trenches and patching in Division 3.
3. Door louvers in Division 10.
D. COMPLIANCE WITH ORDINANCES AND CODES
"*%1. All work shall be in compliance -with local Fire Marshall, ,,^J
City and State ordinances and other legally constituted authori-
ties having jurisdiction.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-1
Page 173
E. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
1.. The Plumbing permit will be issued by the City of Carlsbad
at no cost to the Contractor. All other required licences and
fees and inspections shall be obtained and paid for by the Plumbing
Contractor as a part of the Contract.
F. SITE CONDITIONS
1. Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself
with all local conditions, including existing installations affec-
ting the installation and the cost of the work.
G. DRAWINGS
1. The Drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired arrange-
ment and approximate location of principal items of piping, appar-
atus and equipment. Certain runs of piping may be shown distorted
on drawings to avoid confusion. All piping, apparatus, and equip-
ment are to be installed in such manner as to avoid obstruction,
preserve headroom, keep openings and passageways clear, and over-
come local difficulties and interference with structural members.
a. The Architectural, Structural and Electrical Drawings
are a part of the work to be done under the Specification and the
work shall be executed in accordance with these drawings and
further detail scale drawings, clarifying, amplifying the work,
which may be furnished by the Architect during the progress of the
work.
b. The drawings and specifications are intended to supple-
ment each other so that any details shown on the drawings and not
mentioned in the specifications, or vice-versa, shall be executed
the same as if mentioned in the specifications and shown on the
drawings.
c. Shop Drawings: Detailed shop drawings or catalogue
plates shall be submitted to the Architect and approved before
proceeding with the work. Shop drawings and catalogue plates
shall show in detail and sizes, sections- arid dimensions of the
equipment, the methods of connecting or attaching this work to
work of other trades, and copies of all shop drawings and catalogue
plates shall be furnished to other trades as required.
d. Record Drawings: One set of the plumbing and miscel-
laneous piping drawings in black or blue line print shall be main-
tained on the job. Exact location and depths of underground lines
shall be recorded on record set before backfilling. Dimensioning
of lines shall be from a permanent landmark and/or building. No
backfill work is to be done before the record drawing notations
have been approved by the Architect.
e. Work specified herein but not clearly defined by draw-
ings shall be installed and arranged as dictated by acceptable
common practice and/or as directed by the Architect.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-2'
Page \T~I
H. ALL MATERIALS
1. All materials shall be new and in perfect condition in
accordance with current' standard specifications of A.S.T.M. All
damaged and defective materials and equipment shall be replaced
prior to" acceptance of the work. Clean exposed parts of all
materials and equipment. Finish painted surfaces to be left un-
blemished, and polished metal surfaces to be repolished and left
in perfect condition.
I . EXCAVATION
1. Provide all required excavation and backfilling;, backfilling
subject to requirements of that Section of the Specifications.
J. CUTTING AND PATCHING ' •
1. Provide all cutting, patching and repairing required for
installation of plumbing work under supervision of the General
Contractor and set all sleeves in forms required for installation
of the work. After installation all sleeves in outside walls to
be caulked tight with oakum and patched. Sleeves in exposed walls
shall be painted with cement mortar to match wall.
a. Patching to be of same materials, workmanship and
finish as surrounding work, and accurately match same.
b.- Cutting, notching and boring of structural members pro-
hibited unless approved by Architect or Structural Engineer, or
otherwise provided for on the drawings or in the Specifications .
K. WORKMANSHIP .
1. All labor and workmanship shall be performed by skilled
mechanics. Any equipment, appliance, piping, etc., improperly
installed or exhibiting defective material or workmanship is to be
removed and replaced with acceptable material and workmanship at
Contractor's expense. All parts of the buildings and premises to
be kept free at all times of accumulations of dirt, waste materials
and rubbish.
L. PIPING
1. Piping is to be concealed in all finished spaces unless
otherwise indicated: valves, traps, and special devices shall be
set in accessible locations, or suitable means of access to be
provided. Provide for expansion in all lines including soil and
waste lines.
II. PRODUCTS, EXECUTION
A. PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. Soil and Waste Lines Inside of Building: Service weight
cast iron soil pipe and fittings with no hub joints.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-3
Page 1-75*
2. Soil lines outside of bulling: Vitrified clay sewer pipe
and fittings.
3. Vent piping below grade: Service weight cast iron soil
pipe and_fittings with nohub joints.
4. Vent piping above grade: Schedule 40 galvanised steel pipe
and cast iron fittings or service-weight cast iron soil pipe and
fittings or type DWV copper pipe and fittings.
5. Water lines underground outside of building: Type K copper
water tube in hard or soft temper with copper sweat fittings and
Sil-Fos joints. -Provide Diaelectric protection at all joining of
dissimilar metals.
6. Water lines above grade and in building: Type L hard
temper copper water tube with sweat copper or bronze fittings and
solder joints. Use Diaelectric couplings where joining lines or
valves of dissimilar metals. Note; soft temper copper may be used
on smaller lines in existing crawl spaces to facilitate installation.
7. Gas piping below grade and within 6" of grade: Schedule
40 black steel pipe and fittings all wrapped per code or factory
applied extra coat.
8. Gas piping above grade: Schedule 40 black steel pipe and
threaded fittings.
9. Fire sprinkler lines: Schedule 40 black steel pipe and
threaded fittings.
10. To copper lines: Provide Diaelectric coupling at connection.
Type L copper water tube with 95-5 solder joints is acceptable.
11. Unions in steel piping: Galvanized malleable iron Railroad
type with ground brass seat. In copper pipe: copper-to-copper
bronze unions.
B. VALVES
1. Provide all valves required for operation, service and
maintenance of systems and equipment.
2. Shut-off valves in general shall be gate valves.
3. Balancing and flow control valves shall be plug valves.
4. Standard valves shall have 125 psig working steam pressure
of 200 psig for water, oil and gas.
5. Sweat joint valves shall be used on all copper pipe.
6. All valves shall be furnished by one manufacturer -
Milwaukee, Crane, Walworth, Sotckham or Nibco and equal to Milwaukee
numbers listed.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-4
Page
a. Gate valve B B-l.
b. Check valve 1509.
1. Gas cock - 2" and smaller - Crane No. 298 over 2":
Walworth No. 1796.
8. Partition stops: Chicago 442, loose key type with flange.
C. FLASHING REQUIRED
1. Pipes and vents passing through roof: Semco No. 1100 4 Ib.
lead one-piece flashing with base extending 8" from pipe on all
sides and with raised tapered center piece, fitted tightly around
exterior of pipe and fitted with Semco "Stormtite" counterf lashing
sleeve caulked with Permaseal. Note; use existing V.T.R. where
possible.
D. PIPE HANGERS
1. Grinnell Co. fig. 104: ' Nibco solid or split ring hangers.
Parallel runs may be supported by approved trapeze type hanger.
Provide PR-Isolators around all bare pipe at hangers. Pipe straps
with ample felt wrapping may be used in existing crawl spaces.
2. Anchor for hangers: Grinnell Co. No. 116 or 2-l/2"x2-l/2"x
1/4" drilled clip angles.
E. CLEANOUTS
1. Provide and install accessible cleanouts where indicated
'on plans and at all bends, angles, upper terminals, base of risers,
and not over 50 feet apart. All cleanouts shall be lubricated with
emulsified lead paste or lubricant for easy wrench removal.
a. Yard and Parking lot: Cast iron watertight cleanout
assembly with lift handle and non-skid secured cover. Set in 6"
thick ring of concrete. Zurn ZP-11610 Wade 8300-MF Smith 4263.
b. Finished room floors: Cast iron adjustable cleanout
with square non-skid nickel bronze top and secured watertight cover
Zurn ZN-1324-1. Wade 7030-S Smith 4043.
c. Unfinished room floors: Extra heavy duty all cast iron
cleanout with round secured watertight cover. Zurn 1326-10 Wade
7040-Y Smith 4223.
d. Tile, drywall: Cast iron cleanout tee with slotted
brass plug and chrome plated teri cover.
e. Planting areas, ungraded surfaces or other locations:
Cast iron cleanout ferrule with counter sunk bronze rectangular
slotted plug. Set in a precast concrete box with removeable cover,
labeled "Sewer" with top set flush with finish grade.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-5
Page 1-77
F. ACCESS BOXES AND COVERS
1. Provide and install Milcor access boxes where indicated on
the drawings and over all valves, cleanouts, traps primer, and other
concealed equipment which may require access for operation, mainten-
ance, or repair. They shall be of suitable size for the service
intended and in any case not•less than 10" x 10" opening except
when specifically specified otherwise. The face or top of the box
shall be set flush with the finished wall or surface.
G. YARD BOXES
1. Provide and install yard boxes where indicated on drawings
and over all exterior buried valves, cocks, cleanouts, backflow
preventers, etc. Lid shall have service cast in raised letters,
i.e., "Gas", "Water", "Cleanouts", etc.
2. Boxes shall be precast concrete with cast iron covers of
proper size as required to house equipment and allow for servicing
the unit. Small boxes to be equal to Brooks or Acorn; larger type
to be equal to Brooks No. 700 sectional vault with one or two piece
3/8" steel floor plate cover, with cadmium-plated machine screws.
Set tops flush with finish (settled) grade. Provide three keys of
each required size cover. Approved plastic type yard boxes by
Ametex will be accepted.
H. INSULATION AND PIPE COVERING
1. Manufacturers: Sekisui Eslon Pipe Insulation.
2. Insulate domestic hot water, domestic hot water recircula-
ting line, with 3/4" thick low pressure pipe insulation with taped
joints. Miter joints for tees and elbows.
I. INSTALLATION
1. Plumbing and miscellaneous piping installed in strict
accord with applicable codes and regulations of legally constituted
authorities having jurisdiction and in best practices known to the
trade.
2. Consult with and work harmoniously with all other trades
so that the work as a whole may progress in most expeditious manner
without conflict, interference or delay.
3. Proceed as rapidly as the general construction of the
building will permit. Complete and test before any covering or
finished work is started. Fit all work to the available space and
accurately rough-in. Conceal piping in furring or building
structure, except as noted otherwise or as directed. Lay out all
work to secure the best possible arrangement within the space to
provide good head room and give:, proper operation and serviceability
and eliminate local interferences.
4. Cap ends of all piping to exclude foreign matter during
construction. Ream out ends of all piping and remove all burrs.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 15400-6
Page 17 s>
5. Provide shut-off valves for all fixtures in batteries and
elsewhere and as indicated on the drawings. . Install metal access
panels of suitable size and type when valves are located in con-
cealed pipe runs.
6. Provide shock arrestors where shown on drawings.
I. Install felt at hangers and where water pipes are in contact
with wood or metal in furred spaces and walls.
8. Pipe hangers or supports installed on insulated pipes shall
be sized to permit installation of insulation through them and
insulation shall be protected by metal protectors of size and weight
required by the service.
9. Make up all runs of full length sections of pipe, or length
cut to fit. Use no couplings except where length of run requires
more than one length of pipe. One short length only may be used
in any run of pipe, and this shall be at the end of the run.
10. Run horizontal sewer, rain water and drainage lines on a
uniform grade of 1/4" to 1 foot, except where shown otherwise.
Grade Vent Piping to drain any water of condensation. Run domestic
water and gas lines generally level without traps or sagged sections
and arrange to drain completely to the low point of the system with
drain valve.
f
II. Hot water lines and all other lines subject to expansion
and contraction shall be installed with swing joints, expansion
loops and/or off-sets with appropriate anchors to permit movement -
of lines without causing undue strain or twisting of lines and
fittings.
12. Pipe hangers and supports shall be spaced as follows:
a. Cast iron soil pipe 5 foot center. (At batteries of
no hub fittings, provide continuous support.)
b. Screwed pipe (IPS) 1" and smaller 6 foot center.
c. Screwed pipe (IPS) 1-1/4" and larger 10 foot center.
d. Copper pipe 1-1/2" and smaller 6 foot center.
e. Copper pipe 2" and larger 10 foot center.
f. All stacks and risers shall be-supported at their base
and at every story height through the height of the building.
Vertical supports shall not exceed 12" centers.
13. Run all vent pipes through the roof, flash and counterflash
pipes with Semco 4-pound sheet lead extending 8" away from wall of
Pipe. .
14. Use reducers or reducing fitting's at all changes of sizes
in pipe runs, in lieu of bushings.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER . 15400-7
Page m
15. Install equipment so that there is no objectionable noise
or vibration.
16. Cleaning: All piping shall be blown out and cleaned. All
scale, dirt, sand, etc., shall be removed before installation.
17. Solder Joints: Copper lines run underground shall be welded
with "Sil-Fox" silver solder in accordance with manufacturer's in-
structions. Copper lines above grade and in building structure
shall be soldered with 95-5 solder and be fluxed with No-Ko-rode
soldering paste, or 50-50 solder with Nibco copperized flux.
18. Floor, wall and ceiling plates shall be provided for all '
piping passing through walls, floors or ceilings. Plates shall be
prime-coated except where exposed in finished spaces where they
shall have polished chrome-plated finish. Plates over pipe sleeves
shall overhang sleeve and shall be equipped with set screws.
19. All vents shall be offset as necessary to miss beams and
other structural members which shall not be cut, bored, or notched.
Vents shall be connected in attic spaces or walls where practicable,
so roof will be penetrated as few times as possible.
20. Pipe outside of building shall be installed with minimum
cover of 18 inches under areas not subject to automobiles or truck
traffic and 24" inches minimum- cover where subject to traffic.
J. UTILITIES
1. Water Supply: Make arrangements with the Utility Co. for
a new 2" water meter and service and make connection as shown.
2. Sewer: Make arrangements for new 4" lateral and make
connection in accordance with local requirements at location shown
on drawings. Verify location depth before trenching.
K. PLUMBING FIXTURES
1. Located as indicated on Architectural Drawings, exposed
metal trim polished chromium plate. Stops:" Provide stops on each
supply pipe to each fixture. Plumber to see that all necessary
backing and support for attachment of wall-hung fixtures is installed
before wall finish is installed. Provide stops for all fixtures.
a. Adequate covering shall be installed and maintained
over fixtures after installation to protect against damage during
construction.
b. Fixture List: Fixtures specified below have been
selected from the American Standard Catalogs. Plate numbers used
indicate a standard of merit and it is not intended to eliminate
competition. Contractor to submit a detailed illustrated fixture
list for Architect's approval within 10 days after award of the
contract and before ordering. Substituted fixtures and trim to be
of equal and of similar type, size and quality, and must be approved
by the Architect before ordering.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-8
Page
c. Water Closet WC-1: Elongated Cadet china closet and
flush tank No. 2108-058 with church white open front solid plastic
seat 5321.112 closet to be 18" high.
d. Water Closet WC-2: Elongated Cadet china closet with
Sloan Royal 115 flush valve and church white open front solid
plastic seat No. 5321.112.
e. Urinal U-l: Washbrook china washout urinal with Sloan
Royal 186-11 flush valve and Smith 637 or Wade 452 carrier.
s~\
f. Lavatory L-l: Lucerne china No. 0350.132 wall hung
lavatory fitted with a Smith 720 or Wade 571 concealed carrier
Delta No. 520 center set, l-l/4x 1-1/2 chrom UPC "P" Trap and
stops size 20" x 18".
g. Sink S-l: Custom line enameled castiron 7013.014 sink
fitted with Delta No. 100 faucet 4331.013 crumb cup strainer and
stainless steel mounting frame.
h. Solids Interceptor'SI-1: Smith 8715 Duco coated C.I.
body with lumaloy cover and sediment bucket with removeable bronze
screens or equal by Wade.
i. Sink S-l: Existing sink install garbage disposal that
was removed from kitchen sink -in Building "A". Provide new Delta
No. 300 faucet and spray, crumb cup strainer, 1-1/2" UPC "P" trap
stops and supplies and waste connection for domestic dishwasher.
j. Drinking Fountain DF-1: Haw model 1118 stainless steel
.wheelchair type wall mounted faucet. Mount bubbler at 36" above
finish grade.
k. Drinking Fountain DF-2: Oasis wheelchair model ODP7WM-D
with 115 HP compressor dual faucets.
1. Floor Drain FD-1: Wade W-1100 cast iron floor drain
with standard 6" phase nickel brass strainer.
m. Hose Bibb HB-1: Chicago No. 38*7 with flange or 387-LF
with loose key and lock shield.
n. Shock Absorber SA-1: Precision plumbing products system
rated water hammer arrestor. Size as shown in schedule.
o. Pressure Regulator PR-1: .Wilkins No. 500YSBR all
bronze regulator with bronze strainer and blow down valve provide
size as shown on drawing and equip assembly with Watts No. 53
125 psi relief valve.
p. Water Heater WH-1: Lochinvar Golden Knight 30GK3TC
gas fire heater with 30 gallon glass line tank. Complete with
100% safety controls and a sme temperature and press relief valve.
q. Water Heater WH-2: Lochinvar electric water heater
No. R-12G with 12 gallon glass linetank and 1500 watt 115 volt
heating element. Provide adjustable 6 way heavy gauge steel shelf
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER ' 15400-9
Page ISM
and ASME temperature and pressvire relief valve.
r. Unit Heater Mark UH-1: Reznor XA 150-12-153 140,000
BTU input suspended gas fired heater complete with controls,
thermostat and thermostat guard.
L. TESTS
1. Make all tests required by Plumbing ordinances. Test shall
be carried out in presence of Plumbing Inspector and representative
of the Architect, both of whom shall be notified by Contractor in
advance of making tests.
a. Water Lines: Full hydrostatic pressure for a minimum
of sixty (60) minutes with no leaks.
b. Waste and Vent: Per State and Local Code requirements.
c. Gas Lines: Per UPC 1976.
2. Furnish all apparatus, equipment, material and labor and
pay all costs incidental to these tests. In event that any imper-
fections in work develop, remove defective materials and equipment
from the job and replace with new equipment and materials, after
which tests shall be rerun and proved tight-to satisfaction of
Architect.
3. Upon completion of plumbing installations and testing,
domestic water shall be permanently turned on and plumbing work left
in proper operation condition.
M. CLEAN UP
1. Keep remises free from accumulation of waste material or
rubbish. At completion, remove rubbish, tools, scaffolding and
surplus materials from and about the buildings and leave work clean.
N. CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
1. Thoroughly clean exterior surfaces of equipment and materials
including exterior surfaces of finished metal work, pipe, pipe
fittings, pipe hangers, valves insulation, etc., of dirt, cement,
plaster and other foreign substances.
2. Surfaces to be painted shall be carefully wiped, cracks
and corners scraped clean, grease and oil spots removed, metal
surfaces brushed down smooth and clean with steel brushes, rust
spots removed, and any other cleaning done that may be required to
prepare properly the surfaces for painting.
O. ADJUSTMENTS
1. Each piece of equipment and the entire system shall be
adjusted and readjusted to insure proper functioning of controls,
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15400-10
Page
elimination of noise and vibration and left in first-class operating
condition.
P. GUARANTEES
' . .1. All materials furnished and installed shall be new and free
from defects and shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from,
date of acceptance of the work. Should any trouble develop during
the period, due to defective material or workmanship, Contractor
shall furnish new material and labor to correct the trouble without
cost to Owner. Defective material or inferior workmanship noticed
at time of installation shall be corrected immediately to the
satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • 15400-11
Page 183
HEATING
SECTION 15700 - I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all heating work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to:)
1. Plumbing work, line supply and control valves in Section
15400.
2. Electrical work (line voltage) in connection with this
ventilating system, in Section 06100.
3. Wood framing and cutting of same, as required to accommodate
this work, in Sections 06100 arid 06200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1;
2. Requirement of local fire marshal, City of Carlsbad and State
of California documents as applicable to work of this Section;
3. Requirements of SMACNA Drawings and Specifications as applicable
to work of this Section 15700.
D. SITE CONDITIONS
1. Examine the Drawings, visit the site and perform such investi-
gations as may be required to determine the nature and scope of work
under this Section.
E. REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
1. Notice. For Description of work, refer to other "M" series
sheets and this Section 15700
A. BUILDING "A" II. PRODUCTS
1. Existing fuel gas, forced air unit is complete and shall not
be modified.
2. Execute normal maintencince and safety check, including change
of filter.
3. If deficiencies are determined during maintenance check and
require modifications to the system, provide an itemized change
order for Owner's approval prior to execution of any additional work.
B. BUILDING "B"
1. Existing fuel gas, space heater shall be removed as indicated
on the drawings.
15700-1
Page 184
2. Provide and install new fuel gas, space heater complete with
electro-ignition pilot, thermostat and thermostat cover guard.
3. Space heater with thermostat and cover guard shall be: "**"
Regnor 140,000 BTU, Model No. XL 140-286-60-153-32XL, with ceiling '
mount brackets.
C. BUILDING "C"
1. Existing Janitorol, 250,000 BTU, gas-fired space heaters as
shown on the drawings (two locations).
2. Execute maintenance service and install approved conversion
electro-ignition pilot kit to existing (2) space heaters.
D. BUILDING "D"
Execute maintenance service to existing wall heater only.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER END OF SECTION 15700-2
Page 185
SECTION 15800 VENTILATING
A. WORK INCLUDED I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Provide all ventilating work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to)
1. Unit heater and thermostats therefor with 24-volt transformer,
also range hood exhaust and wall outlet, in Section 15700.
2. Electrical work (line voltage) in connection with this ven-
tilating system, in Section 06100.
3. Wood framing and cutting of same, as required to accommodate
this work, in Sections 06100 and 06200.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1;
2. Requirements of local fire marshal, City of Carlsbad and State
of California documents as applicable to work of this Section;
3. Requirements of SMACNA Drawings and Specifications as applicable
to work of this Section 15800.
D. SITE CONDITIONS
1. Examine the Drawings, visit the site and perform such investi-
gations as may be required to determine the nature and scope of work
under this Section.
E. REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL
1. Notice. Refer to Sheet M-l "VENTILATION WORK" for description
of work, also to other "M" series sheets and this Section 15800.
A. MATERIALS II. PRODUCTS
1. Exterior Louver Units. Extruded aluminum blades, "stormproof"
profile depth as required by width and depth of opening; provide re-
movable bird screen panels at interior face of louver. Finish to be
baked enamel, color as selected by Owner.
2. Filter Unit. Conform to criteria shown on the Drawings.
3. Fan Coil Unit. Conform to criteria shown on the Drawings,
including flexible connection to the supply duct and cushion mount-
ings. Unit to be installed in modified tower area of Auditorium
building.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15800-1
Page 186
4; Ductwork. Conform to criteria shown on the Drawings, includ-
ing insulation, also conform to applicable SMACNA requirements. Pro-
vide and install Approved Fire Damper assembly as indicated on the
Drawings.
5. Grilles. Conform to criteria shown on the Drawings, including
adjustment and other directional and volume capabilities.
6. Controls. As shown on the Drawings.
7. Toilet Exhaust Fan Systems. Conform to criteria shown on
the Drawings, including switching. Exhaust fans to be installed per
drawings in Auditorium building and Recreation building.
8. Auditorium Exhaust Fan System. Conform to criteria shown
on the Drawings. Exhaust fa'ns to be installed through existing
roof/ceiling construction at Platform and Control Room.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 15800-2
Page \ s~7
SECTION 16100 • ELECTRICAL WORK
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED '
1. Provide all Electrical work, complete.
2. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, scaf-
folding, service, machinery, tools, and other facilities of every
kind and description required for the prompt and efficient execution
of the electrical work, complete, as indicated on the drawings and
specified.herein. Work shall include, but is not necessarily limited
to, the following:
a. Modification and tie-in to existing overhead power and
lighting services.
b. Feeders, branch circuit, and control wiring, including
wiring devices.
c. Switchgear and panels.
d. Lighting fixtures Jind lamps.
*
e. Removal of existing outlets and wiring as required.
f. Restoration and extension of existing wiring including
new connections to existing outlets, and new wiring as required to
maintain continuity.
g. New underground telephone service.
h. Empty conduits, outlets, backboards and cabinets as
required for telephone system.
i. All existing wiring shall be modified or replaced to
conform to the 1978 National Electric Code.
B. GOVERNING DOCUMENT
1. Division 1.
•C. GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION
1. The drawings show the general arrangement of all wiring and
equipment. However, the drawings do not attempt to indicate all
necessary offsets, obstructions or structural conditions; it shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor to install his/her work in
such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions, pre-
serve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. All scale
dimensions are approximate; before proceeding with any work, care-
fully check and verify all dimensions. Any work indicated in the
drawings, but not specifically mentioned in the specifications, or
vice-versa, shall be furnished and installed.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 16100-1
Page
D. CODE AND PERMITS ' .
1. Electrical work shall conform to all applicable Federal,
State and Municipal Ordinances, and to State Fire Marshal's and
utility companies' requirements; nothing indicated on the plans or
contained in these specifications shall be construed as intent to
the contrary. Contractor shall arrange for timely inspections in
order to insure no delays to construction.
E. EXISTING CONDITIONS
1. Prior to submitting proposal, bidders shall visit the site
to ascertain any existing conditions which may affect their work,
and shall include all costs associated therewith in bid. The sub-
mittal of a bid will be deemed as acknowledgment of existing con-
ditions, and no extras will be allowed for any failure on the part
of the bidder to comply with the above.
F. MATERIALS AND APPROVALS
1. All materials and equipment shall be new, shall be listed
by or bear the UL label where applicable and shall be approved by
the Owner. Before any fabrication of equipment and within fifteen
(15) days after execution of contract, submit six (6) copies of .
the following documents for approval:
a. Shop drawings for switchboards and panelbaords . Material
lists, catalog cuts, and/or other satisfactory descriptive literature
for lighting fixtures and other materials.
b. Two (2) copies of the above documents shall be returned •-"'
to the Contractor annotated as to appropriate action. If a satis-
factory list of materials and equipment is not submitted by Contractor
within thirty-five (35) days from award of contract, _the Owner may
direct that specified materials be installed with no 'substitution.
c. Approval of all materials submitted shall be based upon
the opinion of the Owner whose decision shall be final and binding.
G. RECORD DRAWINGS
1. The Owner -will furnish the Contractor with one (1) set of
blue line prints, on which all work shall be indicated as actually
installed, including accurately dimensioned locations of all con-
duit stub-outs and routing of underground runs. Record drawings
•shall be kept up to date as the work progresses, shall be stored
at the job site available for inspection, and shall be submitted
to the Owner upon completion and acceptance of the work.
H. COOPERATION WITH OTHERS
1. Contractor shall so organize his work that progress will
harmonize with the work of all other trades, in order for all work
to proceed as expeditiously as possible. *••%.
•^f
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 16100-2
Page (8"=i
J. CUTTING AND PATCHING
1. The extent of required cutting and patching shall be ascer-
tained by the Contractor in accordance with the plans and by compli-
ance with paragraph entitled, "Existing Conditions" hereinbefore.
In all cases, damaged surfaces shall be patched and restored to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
II. PRODUCTS, EXECUTION
A. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION, POWER, LIGHTING & TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
1. Refer to Drawings for fixture and panel schedules.
2. Workmanship: All materials and equipment shall be installed
by skilled journeymen in accordance with the best industry standards
and practice and applicable manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Conduit: All circuits shall be installed in conduit or in
a one-hour raceway.concealed in Buildings B and C. All other wiring
may be non-metallic sheathed cable.
4. Outlet Boxes, Extensions and Covers: Outlet boxes, exten-
sions and covers shall be one-piece pressed steel, hot-dip galvanized,
knock-out type, 4-inch square trade size by 1-1/2 inch deep or
larger where required.
5. General Purpose Wire: Conductors shall be copper except
where otherwise specified, type TW, solid for #8 AWG and smaller.
and type THW, stranded for #6 AWG and larger.
6. Main Switchboard: Shall be floor-standing dead-front and
rear, with provisions for metering as required by serving utility,
and containing overcurrent protective devices and accessories as-
required and shown on the plans. Switchboard shall be fabricated
in accordance with NEMA and ANSI standards, as manufactured by
G.E., Square D, Westinghouse, or equal.
7. Panelboard: New lighting panels shall be automatic circuit
breaker type suitable for operation in a 120/240 volt, 1 phase,
3 wire 60-Hz system. Panel shall be of the same manufacture and
type as the existing panels in order to provide interchangeability
of branch circuit breakers. Panel shall have each circuit identi-
fied by a neatly typewritten directory placed under a glass or
plastic holder inside the door.
8. Safety Switches: Safety switches shall be type HD, horse-
power rated where used in motor circuits. Where weatherproof con-
struction is required switches shall be NEMA-3R type.
•*,-»• HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER 16100-3
Page lib
9. Manual Motor Starters: Manual motor starters shall be used
to provide running protection and disconnecting means for fractional
horsepower motors and shall be weatherproof, Allen Bradley 600 series,
or equal.
10. Lighting Fixtures: Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shai;"*""%
be of best quality and sound rating available, EIL approved and CBM
certified, as manufactured by Westinghouse, G.E., Advance, Jefferson,
or Universal. Fluorescent lamps shall be standard warm white, as
manufactured by Westinghouse, G.E. or Sylvania.
11. Wiring Devices:
a. Wiring devices and wall plates shall be specification
grade or better as manufactured by Sierra Electric Co. Color of
wiring devices on each wall shall be as directed by Owner.
b. Switches shall-be quiet type rated at 15 amps, 120-277
volts AC, Sierra monumental "super" specification grade.
c. Duplex Receptacles shall be two-pole three-wire
grounding type rated at 15 amps, 125-250 VAC, Sierra monumental
"super" specification grade. Existing duplex outlets not conforming
to the requirements for new outlets shall be replaced.
d. Wall plates shall be plastic, specification grade to
match wiring device; color and finish of each wall plate shall be
as directed by Owner.
12. Trenching and Backfill: Do all trenching, backfill, com- '
paction and removal of excess material as required for underground
telephone service conduits. Compaction shall achieve a density at
least equal to that of the surrounding native material, and suffi-
cient to prevent settling'of the backfill below the adjacent grade
level.
13. Closing in or Uninspected Work: The Contractor shall not
allow or cause any of the work to be covered up or enclosed until
it has been inspected and approved. Should any of his work be
enclosed or covered before such inspection and test, he shall, at
his own expense, uncover such work and aftdr it has been inspected
and approved, make all repairs with such materials as may be neces-
sary to restore all his work and that of other trades to its
original and proper condition.
14. Sleeves, Inserts and Supports: The Contractor shall
insure that all necessary provisions are made throughout the building
to receive his work as the building progresses, and that proper
backings and supports are installed. He shall install all inserts,
anchor bolts, blocking, etc., for hanging and support of all elec-
trical fixtures, conduits, panelboards, switches, etc., also sleeves
through walls, floors, or foundations. All such work shall be
coordinated with the General Contractor.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER • • •£••2% • 16100-4
ORIGINAL
Page n'l
15. Cleanup: The Contractor shall periodically remove all
surplus and waste materials resulting from his work in such a manner
as to prevent unsightly and/or hazardous accumulations of debris.
At the conclusion of his work, the Contractor shall perform a final
cleanup prior to departure from the job site.
16. Test: Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall
test the electrical systems for completion and proper operation;
such test shall be conducted as directed by and in the presence of
the Owner, who shall be given twenty-four (24) hours advance notice
of above. Any portions of the system not operating properly shall
be remedied prior to proceeding with the tests.
17. Warranty: The materials, equipment and entire installation
covered under this Section shall be guaranteed in writing by the
Contractor for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance
of the work by the Owner. Shotild any trouble develop during this
period due to defective materials or faulty installation, the Con-
tractor shall, promptly upon notification thereof, replace or repair
the defective components at his own expense.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER - 16100-5
Page
SECTION 16200 SOUND SYSTEM
I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK INCLUDED
1. Provide all Sound System work, complete.
B. RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS (including but not limited to):
1. Line voltage wiring systems to points-of-connection (for
work of this Section 16200) in Section 16100.
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1; '
2. Manufacturer's Data.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE ;
1. Data and Approvals. Submit, in triplicate, catalog cuts
and descriptions of all equipment, including ponts-of-connection
for required line voltage service and diagrams for low voltage
wiring, for review by the Owner.
2. Workmanship. Provide materials and workmanship by a firm
regularly engaged in work of this type for a period of 2 years
prior to award of Contract, and submit evidence of same to the
Owne r.
3. Parts List and Maintenance Instructions. Submit in bound
typewritten form to Owner.
4. In-Place Maintenance. Guarantee installation performance
for a period of 1 year following date of Notice of Completion;
normal wear and tear (in the opinion of the Owner) excluded.
Promptly repair or replace with new and acceptable items all
defective material and workmanship during this one year period.
II. PRODUCTS
A. EQUIPMENT LIST
1. For convenience, the following are listed as a standard of
quality; equipment of other manufacturer's may be submitted for
review by the Owner and may be used subject to specific approval by
the Owner.
HARDING STREET '
COMMUNITY CENTER 16200-1
••••-***»<iwanw*M!3fci«.
Page
Quantity
1
1
As
As
As
As
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
\ 2
2
1
1
1
required
required
required
required
Manufacturer
Ra yme r
Raymer
Soundolier
Soundolier
Soundolier
Soundolier
. Soundolier
Soundolier
Soundolier
University
Shure
Panasonic
Panasonic
Panasonic
Model No.
810-100
RPK-5
S19-8
S19-10
S19-5
SD10-145
ACR-193
410-8
CS-T-70
UMS-102
0545-S
RD-620
RS801-AUS
RS260-US
LT-70
C5-T-70
C5
300-42
.Description
100 watt amplifier
rack mount kit
rack panel
rack panel
rack panel
phono drawer
Power panel
Speaker enclosures
speaker/transformers
microphone stands ~7
microphones
record changer
eight track player
cassette player/recorder
transformers
transformers
speakers
Sectional wall cabinets.
1 lot, cable, connectors, miscellaneous hardware, complete as
required.
III. EXECUTION
A. REQUIREMENTS
1. Workmanship. Conform to approved drawings, cuts and wiring
diagrams. Test as in operation, correct all deficiencies and leave
in a condition acceptable to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER
ORIGINAL
16200-2
Page 194
SECTION 16300 INTRUSION AND FIRE
ALARM SYSTEMS
A. WORK INCLUDED I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Provide all intrusion and fire alarm systems, complete.
B. WORK EXCLUDED
1. Junior fire sprinkler systems located in Building "C".
C. GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
1. Division 1;
2. Manufacturers' data.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Data and Approvals. Submit in triplicate catalogue cuts and
descriptions of all equipment, including points of connection for
required line voltage service and diagrams for low voltage wiring,
for review by the Owner.
2. Workmanship. Provide materials and workmanship by a firm
regularly engaged in work of this type for a period of two years
prior to award of contract, and submit evidence of same to the Owner.
3. Parts List and Maintenance Instructions. Submit in bound
typewritten, form to Owner..
4. In-place Maintenance. Guarantee installation performance for
a period of one year (minimum) following date of Notice of Completion;
normal wear and tear (in the opinion of the Owner) excluded. Promptly
repair or replace with new and acceptable items all defective material
and workmanship during the one-year period.
A. GENERAL ' . II. SYSTEM
1. The contractor shall provide and install electrically self-
supervised intruder and fire alarm systems, complete with monitor
console for each system. The systems .shall be UL approved, wired,
connected and in operating condition in accordance with the National
Electrical Code and the National Fire Protection Association Standards.
2. The contractor shall be responsible for each system design
and shall provide complete design diagram and list of materials and
devices for Owner's approval prior to system installation.
B. SYSTEM OPERATION ' '
The operation of any alarm-initiating device shall cause the
system to sound a continuous audible alarm on all alarm signals, includ-
ing monitor console, until alarm initial device has been restored to
normal and control panel reset.
16300-1
f
Page
C. CONTROL PANEL UNIT (MONITOR CONSOLE)
1. The control units shall be UL, FM approved along with all
necessary components required to provide complete systems. The con-
trols shall contain all necessary relays, test and reset switches,
power supply, fuses and other components for complete systems. The
controls shall contain features to accomplish a trouble and/or
alarm signal and shall provide supervised detection circuit, super-
vised alarm circuit and supervised bell circuit.
D. TRANSMISSION
1. Each system should provide the facility to cause an alarm
signal to be transmitted over telephone lines to either Fire and/or
Police Station as determined by the Owner.
E. DETECTION DEVICES
1. Detection devices shall be in accordance with system design
submitted by Contractor and shall be as appropriate for each condition
specified on plans for each system as approved by Owner.
F. EMERGENCY POWER (STANDBY)
1. Standby emergency power shall be provided by a battery and
trickle charger system and shall operate each system in the event
of a main power failure.
2. Transfer to battery shall be automatic and shall be indicated
on each monitor console. Emergency systems shall be capable of operat-
ing all systems for sixty hours of standby.
G. WIRING
1. The Contractor shall furnish and install in accordance with
manufacturers' instructions all wiring, conduit and outlet boxes re-
quired for the installation of complete systems. All wiring shall be
of type approved by and shall be installed to meet the requirements
of National, State and local Electrical Codes.
2. All wires shall be sizes as specified by the manufacturers
and shall test free of grounds and/or crosses between conductors.
HARDING STREET
COMMUNITY CENTER END OF SECTION 16300-2
Page 196
SUCCESSFUL BIDDER'S PRICE REPORT J&E?& •o ORIGINAL^^ Within ten days after being notified of acceptance of bid, the successful bidder
is required to submit the following information to the City of Carlsbad:
Item Approximate Article with Unit Price or
No. Quantity & Unit Lump Sum Written in Words Total
1 Lump Sum Renovation of Building "A"_(Seni^>r
Citizens' Center) at^faA
dollars
Lump Sum Renovation of Building "B" (Recreation
Hall) complete at J*Jz&t /***u 1&+-*,^. i
^" • dollars
Lump Sum Furnish 6 install stage draperies &
j curtains with hardware complete at _
^J«*4 . /£*
dollars
Lump Sum Removal of existing building located
in the parking lot complete at
OJ,
dollars
Lump Sum Removal of walkways, masonry walls,
' fences, existing landscaping, shrine
& building foundation at/M/
dollars
Lump Sum Construction of exterior concrete flat-
work excluding a shuffleboard court
complete at ^fey /CL^.. #O<«A *t^*Zrt>
dollars
8 Lump Sum Construction of asphalt concrete park-
ing areas incLuding curbs, bumpers &
striping at "^u-v j£«-»w tJ&q &~~e*+)
dollars
Lump Sum Renovation of Building "C" (Auditorium)
\x including sound & lighting systems com-
plete at^^*u<^>£3tot>^»vt</ **"*/*> 02^
dollars $
Page 197
Item Approximate Article with Unit Price or
No. Quantity & Unit Lump Sum Written in Words _ Total
9 Lump Sum Installation of irrigation system &
landscaping in packing lot & around
Buildings A, B, C & D complete at
dollars
Date Signature
lfo®> Ifeffi «S3sr m
ORIGINAL